AlfaLaval Pump Handbook

PM 66050G B 2 2002
k |Ia | a ta | ir | rit I
Alfa Laval is a leading global
provider of specialized products
and engineering solutions.
O ur equipm ent, system s and
services are dedicated to
assisting custom ers in optim izing
the perform ance of their
processes. Tim e and tim e again.
W e help them heat, cool,
separate and transport products
such as oil, w ater, chem icals,
beverages, foodstuff, starch and
pharm aceuticals.
O ur w orldw ide organization w orks
closely w ith custom ers in alm ost
100 countries to help them stay
ahead.
1 t It t t r Ia t I k |Ia | a ta |
C ontact details for all countries
are continually updated on
our w ebsite. Please visit
w w w .alfalaval.com to access the
inform ation.
A
l
l

y
o
u

n
e
e
d

t
o

k
n
o
w

.
.
.
k
|
I
a

|
a
t
a
|

|
a
m
j

1
a
r
1
|
t
t
|
All you need to know ...
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
Second edition 2002
The inform ation provided in this handbook is given
in good faith, but Alfa Lavalis not able to accept any
responsibility for the accuracy of its content, or any
consequences that m ay arise from the use of the
inform ation supplied or m aterials described.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
Insid e view
This pum p handbook has been produced to support pum p users
at all levels, providing an invaluable reference tool. The handbook
includes all the necessary inform ation for the correct selection
and successful application of the Alfa Laval ranges of C entrifugal,
Liquid R ing and R otary Lobe Pum ps. The handbook is divided
into fifteen m ain sections, w hich are as follow s:
1 Introduction
2 Term inology and Theory
3 Pum p Selection
4 Pum p D escription
5 Pum p M aterials of C onstruction
6 Pum p Sealing
7 Pum p Sizing
8 Pum p Specification O ptions
9 M otors
10 C leaning G uidelines
11 C om pliance w ith International
Standards and G uidelines
12 Installation G uide
13 Troubleshooting
14 Technical D ata
15 G lossary of Term s
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
C ontents
t t Iit r . | r Irt 1 a t Iit r
| r Irt 1 a t Iit r t I I| t | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | . 5
1.1 What is a Pump? 5
t t Iit r I . t rm ir t |t ] a r 1 | t t r
| t j |a r a Iit r t I I| t It rm ir t |t ] a r 1 I| t t r t I
j a m j ir ] a j j |it a Iit r s, ir t |a 1 ir ] r| t t |t ] ,
I|t t | a ra t It risIit s, j rt ssa rt a r 1 K | 1 . 7
2.1 Product/Fluid Data 8
2.1.1 Rheology 8
2.1.2 Viscosity 8
2.1.3 Density 12
2.1.4 Specific Weight 12
2.1.5 Specific Gravity 13
2.1.6 Temperature 13
2.1.7 Flow Characteristics 13
2.1.8 Vapour Pressure 17
2.1.9 Fluids Containing Solids 17
2.2 Performance Data 18
2.2.1 Capacity (Flow Rate) 18
2.2.2 Pressure 18
2.2.3 Cavitation 30
2.2.4 Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) 31
2.2.5 Pressure Shocks (Water Hammer) 35
t t Iit r 1 . | a m j t |t t Iit r
1 tt rtit t I I| t j a m j ra r ] t s t a rrt r I| a ta i|a | |t Irt m
k |Ia | a ta | a r 1 | it | j a rIit a |a r j a m j s It a j j | iI| ir
ta rit a s a j j |it a Iit r a rt a s. 39
3.1 General Applications Guide 40
3.2 Pumps for Sanitary Applications 41
3.3 PumpCAS Selection and Configuration Tool 43
t t Iit r \ . | a m j | t s t rij Iit r
| t st rij Iit r t I k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s ir t |a 1 ir ] 1 t si] r ,
j rir t ij |t t I t j t ra Iit r a r 1 j a m j m t 1 t | Ij t s. 45
4.1 Centrifugal Pumps 45
4.1.1 General 45
4.1.2 Principle of Operation 46
4.1.3 Design 46
4.1.4 Pump Range 48
4.2 Liquid Ring Pumps 52
4.2.1 General 52
4.2.3 Design 53
4.2.4 Pump Range 55
4.3 Rotary Lobe Pumps 56
4.3.1 General 56
4.3.3 Pump Range 57
t t Iit r ! . | a m j M a It ria |s t I | t r s Ira t Iit r
| t st rij Iit r t I I| t m a It ria |s, | t I| m t Ia ||it a r 1
t |a sIt m t rit , I| a I a rt a st 1 ir I| t t t r sIra t Iit r t I
k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s. 61
5.1 Main Components 61
5.2 Steel Surfaces 63
5.3 Elastomers 65
t t Iit r t . | a m j t a |ir ]
| t j |a r a Iit r t I j a m j st a |ir ] j rir t ij |t s iI| i||a sIra Iit r s
t I I| t 1 iIIt rt r I st a |ir ] a rra r ] t m t r Is a st 1 t r
k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s. k ] t r t ra | st a | st |t t Iit r ] a i1 t is
ir t |a 1 t 1 , It ] t I| t r iI| ta rit a s t j t ra Iir ] j a ra m t It rs. 67
6.1 Mechanical Seals - General 70
6.2 Mechanical Seal Types
in Alfa Laval Pump Ranges 80
6.3 Other Sealing Options (Rotary Lobe Pumps only) 82
t t Iit r I . | a m j itir ]
1 t It sitt a r k |Ia | a ta | j a m j Irt m j rt 1 a t III|a i1 a r 1
j t rIt rm a r t t 1 a Ia ] itt r , sa j j t rIt 1 | rt |t ta r I t a |t a |a Iit r s
a r 1 t r| t 1 t t a m j |t s iI| a sim j |t sIt j | sIt j a j j rt a t | . 85
7.1 General Information Required 85
7.2 Power 86
7.2.1 Hydraulic Power 86
7.2.2 Required Power 87
7.2.3 Torque 88
7.2.4 Efficiency 88
7.3 Centrifugal and Liquid Ring Pumps 92
7.3.1 Flow Curve 92
7.3.2 Flow Control 96
7.3.3 Alternative Pump Installations 100
7.4 Worked Examples
of Centrifugal Pump Sizing (Metric Units) 102
7.4.1 Example 1 102
7.4.2 Example 2 106
7.5 Worked Examples
of Centrifugal Pump Sizing (US Units) 109
7.5.1 Example 1 109
7.5.2 Example 2 113
7.6.1 Slip 116
7.6.2 Initial Suction Line Sizing 118
7.6.3 Performance Curve 119
7.6.4 Pumps fitted with Bi-lobe Rotors
(Stainless Steel) 124
7.6.5 Pumps fitted with Bi-lobe Rotors
(Non Galling Alloy) 125
7.6.6 Pumps fitted with Tri-lobe Rubber Covered Rotors 125
7.6.7 Pumps with Electropolished Surface Finish 126
7.6.8 Guidelines for Solids Handling 127
7.6.9 Guidelines for Pumping Shear Sensitive Media 128
7.7 Worked Examples of
Rotary Lobe Pump Sizing (Metric Units) 129
7.8 Worked Examples of
Rotary Lobe Pump Sizing (US Units) 143
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
t t Iit r . | a m j j t t iIit a Iit r s 1 j Iit r s
| t st rij Iit r t I I| t ta rit a s sj t t iIit a Iit r t j Iit r s a ta i|a | |t
It r I| t k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s, sa t | a s j t rI t t r r t t Iit r s,
| t a Iir ] It t t |ir ] }a t | t Is, j rt ssa rt rt |it I ta |tt s a r 1 t I| t r
a r t i||a rit s. 157
8.1 Centrifugal and Liquid Ring Pumps 157
8.1.1 Port Connections 157
8.1.2 Heating/Cooling Jackets 158
8.1.3 Pump Casing with Drain 159
8.1.4 Increased Impeller Gap 159
8.1.5 Pump Inlet Inducer 159
8.2.1 Rotor Form 160
8.2.2 Clearances 162
8.2.3 Port Connections 164
8.2.4 Rectangular Inlets 165
8.2.5 Heating/Cooling Jackets and Saddles 166
8.2.6 Pump Overload Protection 167
8.2.7 Ancillaries 169
t t Iit r 1 . M t It rs
| t st rij Iit r t I t |t t Irit m t It rs, ir t |a 1 ir ] ir It rm a Iit r t r m t It r
j rt It t Iit r , m t I| t 1 s t I sIa rIir ] , m t It rs It r | a ta r1 t a s
t r tirt r m t r Is a r 1 sj t t 1 t t r Irt |. 173
9.1 Output Power 175
9.2 Rated Speed 175
9.3 Voltage 176
9.4 Cooling 176
9.5 Insulation and Thermal Rating 176
9.6 Protection 177
9.7 Methods of Starting 179
9.8 Motors for Hazardous Environments 180
9.9 Energy Efficient Motors 182
9.10 Speed Control 184
9.11 Changing Motor Nameplates
- Centrifugal and Liquid Ring Pumps only 186
t t Iit r 1 . | |t a r ir ] | a i1 t |ir t s
k 1 tist s t |t a r ir ] ] a i1 t |ir t s It r a st ir j rt t t sst s a Ii|isir ]
| | | | |t a r | r | |a t t ssIt m s. | r It rj rt Ia Iit r s t I
t |t a r |ir t ss a rt ] itt r a r 1 t t j |a r a Iit r s t I I| t t |t a r ir ]
t t |t . 189
t t Iit r . | t m j |ia r t t iI| | r It rr a Iit r a |
Ia r 1 a r1 s a r 1 | a i1 t |ir t s
| t st rij Iit r t I I| t ir It rr a Iit r a | sIa r 1 a r1 s a r 1 ] a i1 t |ir t s
a j j |it a | |t It k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s. 193
t t Iit r I . | r s Ia ||a Iit r | a i1 t
k 1 tist s ] a i1 t |ir t s rt |a Iir ] It j a m j ir sIa ||a Iit r ,
ssIt m 1 t si] r a r 1 j ij t t r| |a t a I. 199
12.1 General 199
12.1.1 System Design 199
12.1.2 Pipework 200
12.1.3 Weight 200
12.1.4 Electrical Supply 200
12.2 Flow Direction 201
12.2.1 Centrifugal Pumps 201
12.2.2 Rotary Lobe Pumps 202
12.3 Baseplates Foundation (Rotary Lobe Pumps only) 203
12.4 Coupling Alignment (Rotary Lobe Pumps only) 204
12.5 Special Considerations for Liquid Ring Pumps 204
12.5.1 Pipework 204
t t Iit r 1 . rt a | |t s | t t Iir ]
k 1 tist s j t ssi| |t t a a st s a r 1 st |a Iit r s It m t sI t t m m t r
j rt | |t m s It a r 1 ir j a m j ir sIa ||a Iit r a r 1 t j t ra Iit r . 205
13.1 General 205
13.2 Common Problems 206
13.2.1 Loss of Flow 206
13.2.2 Loss of Suction 206
13.2.3 Low Discharge Pressure 207
13.2.4 Excessive Noise or Vibration 207
13.2.5 Excessive Power 208
13.2.6 Rapid Pump Wear 208
13.2.7 Seal Leakage 208
13.3 Problem Solving Table 209
t t Iit r \ . t t | r it a | | a Ia
a m m a r t I I| t r t m t r t |a Ia rt a r 1 It rm a |a s a st 1 ir I| is
| a r 1 | t t | . Va rit a s t t r tt rsit r Ia | |t s a r 1 t | a rIs a rt a |st
s| t r . 213
14.1 Nomenclature 213
14.2 Formulas 214
14.3 Conversion Tables 219
14.3.1 Length 219
14.3.2 Volume 219
14.3.3 Volumetric Capacity 219
14.3.4 Mass Capacity 220
14.3.5 Pressure/Head 220
14.3.6 Force 220
14.3.7 Torque 220
14.3.8 Power 221
14.3.9 Density 221
14.3.10 Viscosity Conversion Table 222
14.3.11 Temperature Conversion Table 224
14.4 Water Vapour Pressure Table 225
14.5 Pressure Drop Curve for 100 m ISO/DIN Tube 226
14.6 Velocity (m/s) in ISO and DIN Tubes
at various Capacities 227
14.7 Equivalent Tube Length Table 228
14.7.1 ISO Tube Metric 228
14.7.2 ISO Tube Feet 230
14.7.3 DIN Tube Metric 232
14.7.4 DIN Tube Feet 234
14.8 Moody Diagram 236
14.9 Initial Suction Line Sizing 237
14.10 Elastomer Compatibility Guide 238
14.11 Changing Motor Name Plates 243
t t Iit r ! . | |t s s a r t I t rm s
| t j |a ir s I| t ta rit a s It rm s It a r 1 ir I| is | a r 1 | t t | . 249
. . . if p ump s
are the
q uestion
Alfa Laval is an acknow ledged m arket
leader in pum ping technology, supplying
C entrifugal and Positive D isplacem ent
Pum ps w orld-w ide to various key
application areas such as food, brew ery
and pharm aceutical.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
|r Irt 1 a t Iit r
1 . Introd uc tion
This section gives a short introduction of the Pum p H andbook.
1.1 W hat is a Pum p?
There are m any different definitions of this but at Alfa Laval w e believe
this is best described as:
k m a t | ir t a st 1 It r I| t j a rj t st t I Ira r sIt rrir ] | a a r IiIit s t I
I|a i1 s a r 1 It r ] a st s, Irt m t r t j |a t t It a r t I| t r .
This is illustrated below transferring fluid from tank A to spray
nozzles B .
Pum p types generally fall into tw o m ain categories - R otodynam ic
and Positive D isplacem ent, of w hich there are m any form s as show n
in Fig. 1.1b.
The R otodynam ic pum p transfers rotating m echanical energy into
kinetic energy in the form of fluid velocity and pressure. The
C entrifugal and Liquid R ing pum ps are types of rotodynam ic pum p,
w hich utilise centrifugal force to transfer the fluid being pum ped.
The R otary Lobe pum p is a type of positive displacem ent pum p,
w hich directly displaces the pum ped fluid from pum p inlet to outlet in
discrete volum es.
| i] . . a j it a | j a m j ir sIa ||a Iit r
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
|r Irt 1 a t Iit r
Alfa Laval
C entrifugal
and
Liquid Ring
| i] . . | | a m j t |a ssiIit a Iit r s
| a m j s
Positive D isplacem ent Rotodynam ic
Rotor Reciprocating M ulti-Stage Single Stage
M ulti-Rotor Single Rotor D iaphragm Plunger End Suction D ouble Entry
Screw Piston Sim plex Process
C ircum ferential Piston Archim edian Screw M ultiplex R ubber Lined
G ear Flexible M em ber Subm ersible
Internal External Peristaltic G eneral
Vane
R otary Lobe Progressing C avity
Alfa Laval
R otary Lobe
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
t rm ir t |t ] a r 1 | t t r
2 . Terminology and Theory
In order to select a pum p tw o types of data are required:
Product/Fluid data w hich includes viscosity, density/specific
gravity, tem perature, flow characteristics, vapour pressure
and solids content.
Perform ance data w hich includes capacity or flow rate, and
inlet/discharge pressure/head.
D ifferent fluids have varying characteristics and are usually pum ped
under different conditions. It is therefore very im portant to know all
relevant product and perform ance data before selecting a pum p.
This section explains the term inology and theory of pum ping
applications, including explanations of rheology, flow
characteristics, pressure and N PSH .
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
2.1 Product/Fluid D ata
I . . | | t t |t ]
The science of fluid flow is term ed R heologyand one of its m ost
im portant aspects is viscosity w hich is defined below .
I . . I Vist t siI
The viscosity of a fluid can be regarded as a m easure of how resistive
the fluid is to flow , it is com parable to the friction of solid bodies and
causes a retarding force. This retarding force transform s the kinetic
energy of the fluid into therm al energy.
The ease w ith w hich a fluid pours is an indication of its viscosity. For
exam ple, cold oil has a high viscosity and pours very slow ly, w hereas
w ater has a relatively low viscosity and pours quite readily. H igh
viscosity fluids require greater shearing forces than low viscosity
fluids at a given shear rate. It follow s therefore that viscosity affects
the m agnitude of energy loss in a flow ing fluid.
Tw o basic viscosity param eters are com m only used, a | st |a It (or
1 r a m it ) viscosity and | ir t m a Iit viscosity.
k | st |a It t r | r a m it Vist t siI
This is a m easure of how resistive the flow of a fluid is betw een tw o
layers of fluid in m otion. A value can be obtained directly from a
rotational viscom eter w hich m easures the force needed to rotate a
spindle in the fluid. The SI unit of absolute viscosity is (m Pa.s) in the
so-called M KS (m etre, kilogram , second) system , w hile in the cgs
(centim etres, gram s, seconds) system this is expressed as 1
centipoise (cP) w here 1 m Pa.s = 1 cP. W ater at 1 atm osphere and
20C (68
o
F) has the value of 1 m Pa.s or 1 cP. Absolute viscosity is
usually designated by the sym bol .
| ir t m a Iit Vist t siI
This is a m easure of how resistive the flow of a fluid is under the
influence of gravity. Kinem atic viscom eters usually use the force of
gravity to cause the fluid to flow through a calibrated orifice, w hile
tim ing its flow . The SI unit of kinem atic viscosity is (m m
2
/s) in the
so-called M KS (m etre, kilogram , second) system , w hile in the cgs
(centim etres, gram s, seconds) system this is expressed as 1
centistoke (cSt), w here 1 m m
2
/s = 1 cSt. W ater at 1 atm osphere and
20C (68
o
F) has the value of 1 m m
2
/s = 1 cSt. Kinem atic viscosity is
usually designated by the sym bol .
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| t |a Iit r s| ij | t It t r k | st |a It a r 1 | ir t m a Iit Vist t siI
Absolute and Kinem atic viscosity are related by:
w here is the fluid density (see 2.1.3).
In the cgs system this translates to:
or
Absolute Viscosity (cP) = Kinem atic Viscosity (cSt) x SG
A viscosity conversion table is included in 14.3.10.
Vist t siI Va ria Iit r iI| t m j t ra Ia rt
Tem perature can have a significant effect on viscosity and a viscosity
figure given for pum p selection purposes w ithout fluid tem perature is
often m eaningless - viscosity should alw ays be quoted at the
pum ping tem perature. G enerally viscosity falls w ith increasing
tem perature and m ore significantly, it increases w ith falling
tem perature. In a pum ping system it can be advantageous to
increase the tem perature of a highly viscous fluid to ease flow .
K t It r ia r | |a i1 s
In som e fluids the viscosity is constant regardless of the shear forces
applied to the layers of fluid. These fluids are nam ed N ew tonian fluids.
At a constant tem perature the viscosity is constant w ith change in
shear rate or agitation.
Typical fluids are:
W ater B eer H ydrocarbons M ilk M ineral O ils R esins Syrups
=

Kinem atic Viscosity (cSt) = Absolute Viscosity (cP)
Specific G ravity
| i] . I . . I a Vist t siI ta ria Iit r
iI| It m j t ra Ia rt
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Tem perature
| i] . I . . I | K t It r ia r | |a i1 s
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Shear rate
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
K t r -K t It r ia r | |a i1 s
M ost em pirical and test data for pum ps and piping system s has been
developed using N ew tonian fluids across a w ide range of viscosities.
H ow ever, there are m any fluids w hich do not follow this linear law ,
these fluids are nam ed N on-N ew tonian fluids.
W hen w orking w ith N on-N ew tonian fluids w e use Effective Viscosity
to represent the viscous characteristics of the fluid as though it w as
new tonian at that given set of conditions (shear rate, tem perature).
This effective viscosity is then used in calculations, charts, graphs and
handbookinform ation.
j t s t I K t r -K t It r ia r | |a i1 s
There are a num ber of different type of non-new tonian fluids each w ith
different characteristics. Effective viscosity at set conditions w ill be
different depending on the fluid being pum ped. This can be better
understood by looking at the behaviour of viscous fluids w ith changes
in shear rate as follow s.
| st a 1 t j |a sIit | |a i1 s
Viscosity decreases as shear rate increases, but initial viscosity m ay
be so high as to prevent start of flow in a norm al pum ping system .
Typical fluids are:
B lood Em ulsions G um s Lotions Soap Toothpaste Yeast
| i|a Ia r I | |a i1 s
Viscosity increases as shear rate increases.
Typical fluids are:
C lay Slurries Paper C oatings
| I is r t I a |a s t | tit a s | it |
Ij t t I tist t a s | t | a tit a r a
I|a i1 i|| t t | i| iI a r 1
t t r si1 t ra Iit r m a sI | t ] itt r
It I| t s| t a r ra It I| a I i|| t t isI
ir I| t j a m j a r 1 t r j a m j ir ]
t t r 1 iIit r s. | I is r t I a r a sa a | It
Iir 1 I| t t IIt t Iitt tist t siI a s
|iII|t a s X t I I| t ta |a t
m t a sa rt 1 | sIa r 1 a r1
ir sIra m t r Is.
| i] . I . . I 1 Vist t siI a ] a ir sI s| t a r ra It
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
N orm al
Viscom eter
R eading
Typical Shear
R ate in Pum ping
System
S hear
R ate
| i] . I . . I t Vist t siI a ] a ir sI s| t a r ra It
?
?
?
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Shear rate
| i] . I . . I t | st a 1 t j |a sIit | |a i1 s
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Shear rate
| i] . I . . I I | i|a Ia r I | |a i1 s
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Shear rate
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| it t Irt j it | |a i1 s
Viscosity decreases w ith tim e under shear conditions. After shear
ceases the viscosity w ill return to its original value - the tim e for
recovery w ill vary w ith different fluids.
Typical fluids are:
C osm etic C ream s D airy C ream s G reases Stabilised Yoghurt
k r Ii-I| it t Irt j it | |a i1 s
Viscosity increases w ith tim e under shear conditions. After shear
ceases the viscosity w ill return to its original value - the tim e for
recovery w ill vary w ith different fluids. As the nam e suggests
anti-thixotropic fluids have opposite rheological characteristics to
thixotropic fluids.
Typical fluids are:
Vanadium Pentoxide Solution
| | t t m a |a t Iit | |a i1 s
Viscosity decreases w ith tim e under shear conditions but does not
recover. Fluid structure is irreversibly destroyed.
Typical fluids are:
N atural R ubber Latex N atural Yoghurt
| |a sIit | |a i1 s
N eed a certain applied force (or yield stress) to overcom e solid-like
structure, before flow ing like a fluid.
Typical fluids are:
B arium X-ray M eal C hocolate Tom ato Ketchup
| I s| t a |1 | t r t It 1 I| a I st m t
I|a i1 s t a |1 | a tt | t I|
I| it t Irt j it a r 1 j st a 1 t j |a sIit
| t | a tit a r.
| i] . I . . I ] | it t Irt j it | |a i1 s
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Tim e
| i] . I . . I | k r Ii-I| it t Irt j it | |a i1 s
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Tim e
| i] . I . . I i | | t t m a |a t Iit | |a i1 s
V
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
Tim e
| i] . I . . I } | |a sIit | |a i1 s
S
t
r
e
s
s
Shear rate
Y
W here Y = Yield Stress
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
I . . 1 | t r siI
The density of a fluid is its m ass per unit of volum e, usually expressed
as kilogram s per cubic m etre (kg/m
3
) or pounds per cubic foot (lb/ft
3
).
D ensity is usually designated by the sym bol .
1 m of ethyl alcohol has a m ass of 789 kg.
i.e. D ensity = 0.789 kg/m
3
.
1 ft of ethyl alcohol has a m ass of 49.2 lb.
i.e. D ensity = 49.2 lb/ft
3
.
I . . \ j t t iIit wt i] | I
The specific w eight of a fluid is its w eight per unit volum e and is
usually designated by the sym bol . It is related to density as follow s:
= x g w here g is gravity.
The units of w eight per unit volum e are N /m
3
or lbf/ft
3
.
Standard gravity is as follow s: g = 9.807 m /s
2
g = 32.174 ft/s
2
The specific w eight of w ater at 20
o
C (68
o
F) and 1 atm osphere is as
follow s:
=9790 N /m
3
= 62.4 lbf/ft
3
K t It | - M a ss should not be confused w ith t i] | I. W eight is the
force produced from gravity acting on the m ass.
| t r siI ir ] a st s ta rit s
t t r si1 t ra | | iI| j rt ssa rt
a r 1 It m j t ra Ia rt | a I t a r | t
rt ] a r1 t 1 a s t t r sIa r I ir I|a i1 s.
| i] . I . . 1 a | t r siI
1 ft
1

f
t
1

f
t
M ass of
ethyl alcohol
49.2lb
1 m
1

m
M ass of
ethyl alcohol
789 kg
1

m
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
I . . ! j t t iIit | ra tiI
The specific gravity of a fluid is the ratio of its density to the density of
w ater. As this is a ratio, it does not have any units of m easure.
1 m of ethyl alcohol has a m ass of 789 kg - its density is 789 kg/m .
1 m of w ater has a m ass of 1000 kg - its density is 1000 kg/m .
Specific G ravity of ethyl alcohol is: 789 kg/m = 0.789
1000 kg/m
or
1 ft of ethyl alcohol has a m ass of 49.2 lb - its density is 49.2 lb/ft.
1 ft of w ater has a m ass of 62.4 lb - its density is 62.4 lb/ft.
Specific G ravity of ethyl alcohol is: 49.2 lb/ft = 0.789
62.4 lb/ft
This resultant figure is dim ensionless so the Specific G ravity (or SG ) is
0.789.
I . . t t m j t ra Ia rt
The tem perature of the fluid at the pum p inlet is usually of m ost
concern as vapour pressure can have a significant effect on pum p
perform ance (see 2.1.8). O ther fluid properties such as viscosity and
density can also be affected by tem perature changes. Thus a cooling
of the product in the discharge line could have a significant effect on
the pum ping of a fluid.
The tem perature of a fluid can also have a significant affect on the
selection of any elastom eric m aterials used.
A tem perature conversion table is given in section 14.3.11.
I . . I | |t | | a ra t It risIit s
W hen considering a fluid flow ing in a pipew ork system it is im portant
to be able to determ ine the type of flow . The connection betw een the
velocity and the capacity of a fluid (sim ilar to w ater) in different tube
sizes is show n in table 14.6.
U nder som e conditions the fluid w ill appear to flow as layers in a
sm ooth and regular m anner. This can be illustrated by opening a
w ater tap slow ly until the flow is sm ooth and steady. This type of flow
is called |a m ir a r I|t . If the w ater tap is opened w ider, allow ing the
velocity of flow to increase, a point w ill be reached w hereby the
t m j t ra Ia rt is a m t a sa rt t I
I| t ir It rr a | t r t r] |t tt | ir a
I|a i1 , a sa a || t t j rt sst 1 ir
a r iIs t I 1 t ] rt t s | t r Ii] ra 1 t
| t r 1 t ] rt t s | a | rt r | t iI | .
| i] . I . . ! a j t t iIit ] ra tiI
1 m
1

m
1

m
M ass of
w ater
1000 kg
1 m
1

m
M ass of
ethyl alcohol
789 kg
1

m
\ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
stream of w ater is no longer sm ooth and regular, but appears to be
m oving in a chaotic m anner. This type of flow is called Ia r| a |t r I I|t .
The type of flow is indicated by the | t r t |1 s r a m | t r.
Vt |t t iI
Velocity is the distance a fluid m oves per unit of tim e and is given by
equation as follow s:
In dim ensionally consistent SI units
Velocity V = Q w here V = fluid velocity (m /s)
A Q = capacity (m /s)
A = tube cross sectional area (m )
O ther convenient form s of this equation are:
Velocity V = Q x 353.6 w here V = fluid velocity (m /s)
D Q = capacity (m /h)
D = tube diam eter (m m )
or
Velocity V = Q x 0.409 w here V = fluid velocity (ft/s)
D Q = capacity (U S gall/m in)
D = tube diam eter (in)
or
Velocity V = Q x 0.489 w here V = fluid velocity (ft/s)
D Q = capacity (U K gall/m in)
Fluid velocity can be of great im portance especially w hen pum ping
slurries and fluids containing solids. In these instances, a certain
velocity m ay be required to prevent solids from settling in the
pipew ork, w hich could result in blockages and changes in system
pressure as the actual internal diam eter of the pipe is effectively
decreased, w hich could im pact on pum p perform ance.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
| a m ir a r | |t
This is som etim es know n as stream line, viscous or steady flow . The
fluid m oves through the pipe in concentric layers w ith the m axim um
velocity in the centre of the pipe, decreasing to zero at the pipe w all.
The velocity profile is parabolic, the gradient of w hich depends upon
the viscosity of the fluid for a set flow -rate.
a r| a |t r I | |t
This is som etim es know n as unsteady flow w ith considerable m ixing
taking place across the pipe cross section. The velocity profile is
m ore flattened than in lam inar flow but rem ains fairly constant across
the section as show n in fig. 2.1.7b. Turbulent flow generally appears
at relatively high velocities and/or relatively low viscosities.
ra r siIit r a | | |t
B etw een lam inar and turbulent flow there is an area referred to as
transitional flow w here conditions are unstable and have a blend of
each characteristic.
| t r t |1 s K a m | t r | t
R eynolds num ber for pipe flow is given by equation as follow s:
Re = D x V x w here D = tube diam eter (m )
V = fluid velocity (m /s)
= density (kg/m )
= absolute viscosity (Pa.s)
| is is a ra Iit t I ir t rIia It rt t s
It tist t a s It rt t s, a r 1 a s sa t | ,
a a st Ia | ta |a t It r 1 t It rm ir ir ]
| t I| t r I|t i|| | t |a m ir a r t r
Ia r| a |t r I.
| i] . I . . I a | a m ir a r I|t
V = tt |t t iI
a
m a t = m a t im a m tt |t t iI
| i] . I . . I | a r| a |t r I I|t
V = tt |t t iI
a
m a t = m a t im a m tt |t t iI
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
Re = D x V x w here D = tube diam eter (m m )
V = fluid velocity (m /s)
= density (kg/m )
= absolute viscosity (cP)
or
Re = 21230 x Q w here D = tube diam eter (m m )
D x Q = capacity (l/m in)
or
Re = 3162 x Q w here D = tube diam eter (in)
D x Q = capacity (U S gall/m in)
= kinem atic viscosity (cSt)
or
Re = 3800 x Q w here D = tube diam eter (in)
D x Q = capacity (U K gall/m in)
= kinem atic viscosity (cSt)
Since R eynolds num ber is a ratio of tw o forces, it has no units. For a
given set of flow conditions, the R eynolds num ber w ill not vary w hen
using different units. It is im portant to use the sam e set of units, such
as above, w hen calculating R eynolds num bers.
R e less than 2300 - Lam inar Flow
(Viscous force dom inates - high
system losses)
R e in range 2300 to 4000 - Transitional Flow
(C ritically balanced forces)
R e greater than 4000 - Turbulent Flow
(Inertia force dom inates - low
system losses)
W here transitional flow occurs, frictional loss calculations should be
carried out for both lam inar and turbulent conditions, and the highest
resulting loss used in subsequent system calculations.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
I . . Va j t a r | rt ssa rt
Fluids w ill evaporate unless prevented from doing so by external
pressure. The vapour pressure of a fluid is the pressure (at a given
tem perature) at w hich a fluid w ill change to a vapour and is expressed
as absolute pressure (bar a or psia) - see 2.2.2. Each fluid has its ow n
vapour pressure/tem perature relationship. In pum p sizing, vapour
pressure can be a key factor in checking the N et Positive Suction
H ead (N PSH ) available from the system (see 2.2.4).
W ater w ill boil (vaporise) at a tem perature of:
- 0 C (32
o
F) if Pvp = 0.006 bar a (0.087 psia).
- 20 C (68
o
F) if Pvp = 0.023 bar a (0.334 psia).
- 100 C (212
o
F) if Pvp = 1.013 bar a (14.7 psia)
(atm ospheric conditions at sea level).
In general term s Pvp:
- Is dependent upon the type of fluid.
- Increases at higher tem perature.
- Is of great im portance to pum p inlet conditions.
- Should be determ ined from relevant tables.
The Pvp for w ater at various tem peratures is show n in section 14.4.
I . . 1 | |a i1 s | t r Ia ir ir ] t |i1 s
It is im portant to know if a fluid contains any particulate m atter and if
so, the size and concentration. Special attention should be given
regarding any abrasive solids w ith respect to pum p type and
construction, operating speed and shaft seals.
Size of solids is also im portant, as w hen pum ping large particles the
pum p inlet should be large enough for solids to enter the pum p
w ithout bridgingthe pum p inlet. Also the pum p should be sized so
the cavity created in the pum p cham ber by the pum p elem ents is of
sufficient size to allow satisfactory pum p operation.
C oncentration is norm ally expressed as a percentage by w eight
(W /W ) or volum e (V/V) or a com bination of both w eight and volum e
(W /V).
| i] . I . . a Va j t a r j rt ssa rt
| tj = Va j t a r j rt ssa rt t t It rr a |
j rt ssa rt rt | a irt 1 It m a ir Ia ir a s a I|a i1
Fluid (liquid form)
t m j t ra Ia rt Va j t a r j rt ssa rt | a r
0
o
C (32
o
F) 0.006 bar a (0.087 psia)
20
o
C (68
o
F) 0.023 bar a (0.334 psia)
100
o
C (212
o
F) 1.013 bar a (14.7 psia)
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
2.2 Perform ance D ata
I . I . | a j a t iI | |t | a It
The capacity (or flow rate) is the volum e of fluid or m ass that passes a
certain area per tim e unit. This is usually a know n value dependent on
the actual process. For fluids the m ost com m on units of capacity are
litres per hour (l/h), cubic m etres per hour (m /h) and U K or U S gallons
per m inute (gall/m in). For m ass the m ost com m on units of capacity
are kilogram per hour (kg/h), tonne per hour (t/h) and pounds per hour
(lb/h).
I . I . I | rt ssa rt
Pressure is defined as force per unit area: P = F
A
w here F is the force perpendicular to a surface and A is the area of the
surface.
In the SI system the standard unit of force is the N ew ton (N ) and area
is given in square m etres (m ). Pressure is expressed in units of
N ew tons per square m etre (N /m ). This derived unit is called the
Pascal (Pa). In practice Pascals are rarely used and the m ost
com m on units of force are bar, pounds per square inch (lb/in) or psi,
and kilogram per square centim etre (kg/cm ).
C onversion factors betw een units of pressure are given in section
14.3.5.
| iIIt rt r I j t s t I | rt ssa rt
For calculations involving fluid pressures, the m easurem ents m ust be
relative to som e reference pressure. N orm ally the reference is that of
the atm osphere and the resulting m easured pressure is called gauge
pressure. Pressure m easured relative to a perfect vacuum is called
absolute pressure.
k Im t sj | t rit | rt ssa rt
The actual m agnitude of the atm ospheric pressure varies w ith
location and w ith clim atic conditions. The range of norm al variation of
atm ospheric pressure near the earths surface is approxim ately 0.95
to 1.05 bar absolute (bar a) or 13.96 to 15.43 psi gauge (psig). At
sea level the standard atm ospheric pressure is 1.013 bar a or 14.7
psi absolute (bar a or psia).
| i] . I . I . I a | rt ssa rt
F = Force
A
1
1
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a a ] t | rt ssa rt
U sing atm ospheric pressure as a zero reference, gauge pressure is
the pressure w ithin the gauge that exceeds the surrounding
atm ospheric pressure. It is a m easure of the force per unit area
exerted by a fluid, com m only indicated in units of barg (bar gauge) or
psig (psi gauge).
k | st |a It | rt ssa rt
Is the total pressure exerted by a fluid. It equals atm ospheric
pressure plus gauge pressure, indicated in units of bar a (bar
absolute) or psia (psi absolute).
Absolute Pressure = G auge Pressure + Atm ospheric Pressure
Va t a a m
This is a com m only used term to describe pressure in a pum ping
system below norm al atm ospheric pressure. This is a m easure of the
difference betw een the m easured pressure and atm ospheric pressure
expressed in units of m ercury (H g) or units of psia.
0 psia = 760 m m H g (29.9 in H g).
14.7 psia = 0 m m H g (0 in H g).
| r |t I a t Iit r | rt ssa rt
This is the pressure at w hich the fluid is entering the pum p. The
reading should be taken w hilst the pum p is running and as close to
the pum p inlet as possible. This is expressed in units of absolute bar a
(psia) or gauge bar g (psig) depending upon the inlet conditions.
1 a I|t I | ist | a r] t | rt ssa rt
This is the pressure at w hich the fluid leaves the pum p. Again this
reading should be taken w hilst the pum p is running and as close to
the pum p outlet as possible. The reading is expressed in units of
gauge bar (psig).
| iIIt rt r Iia | | rt ssa rt
This is the difference betw een the inlet and outlet pressures. For inlet
pressures above atm ospheric pressure the differential pressure is
obtained by subtracting the inlet pressure from the outlet pressure.
For inlet pressures below atm ospheric pressure the differential
pressure is obtained by adding the inlet pressure to the outlet
pressure. It is therefore the total pressure reading and is the pressure
against w hich the pum p w ill have to operate. Pow er requirem ents are
to be calculated on the basis of differential pressure.
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| t a m j |t . | r |t I | rt ssa rt a | t tt k Im t sj | t rit | rt ssa rt
O utlet Inlet
D ifferential
4 bar g
(58 psi g)
5.013 bar a
(72.7 psi a)
0 bar g
(0 psi g)
1.013 bar a
(14.7 psi a)
0 bar a
(0 psi a)
1.5 bar g
(21.75 psi g)
0 bar g
(0 psi g)
1.013 bar a
(14.7 psi a)
| iIIt rt r Iia | = \ - . ! = I . ! | a r
t r
= ! - I . I ! = 1 t . I ! j si
- =
| t a m j |t . | r |t I | rt ssa rt | t |t k Im t sj | t rit | rt ssa rt
O utlet Inlet D ifferential
4 bar g
(58 psi g)
5.013 bar a
(72.7 psi a)
0 bar g
(0 psi g)
1.013 bar a
(14.7 psi a)
0 bar a
(0 psi a)
0 bar g
(0 psi g)
1.013 bar a (14.7
psi a)
0.5 bar a
(7.25 psi a)
0 bar a
(0 psi a)
=
| iIIt rt r Iia | = \ . 1 1 - 1 . ! = \ . ! 1 | a r
t r
= ! \ . I -I . I ! = t ! . \ ! j si
| i] . I . I . I | | iIIt rt r Iia | j rt ssa rt
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
| t | t |a Iit r s| ij | t It t r | rt ssa rt a r 1 | |t ta Iit r
In a static fluid (a body of fluid at rest) the pressure difference betw een
any tw o points is in direct proportion only to the vertical distance
betw een the points. The sam e vertical height w ill give the sam e
pressure regardless of the pipe configuration in betw een.
This pressure difference is due to the w eight of a colum nof fluid and
can be calculated as follow s:
Static Pressure (P) = x g x h w here P = Pressure/head (Pa)
= density of fluid (kg/m
3
)
g = gravity (m /s
2
)
h = height of fluid (m )
Static Pressure (P) = h (m ) x SG (bar)
10
or
Static Pressure (P) = h (ft) x SG (psi)
2.31
| t rt |a Iit r s| ij t I t |t ta Iit r
t | a ita |t r I It j rt ssa rt is
t t m m t r | rt It rrt 1 It a s
| t a 1 .
| i] . I . I . I t | t |a Iit r s| ij t I j rt ssa rt It
t |t ta Iit r
I I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
A pum p capable of delivering 35 m (115 ft) head w ill produce different
pressures for fluids of differing specific gravities.
A pum p capable of delivering 3.5 bar (50 psi) pressure w ill develop
different am ounts of head for fluids of differing specific gravities.
B elow are term s com m only used to express different conditions in a
pum ping system w hich can be expressed as pressure units (bar or
psi) or head units (m or ft).
| |t t 1 t 1 a t Iit r
This term is generally used to describe a positive inlet pressure/head,
w hereby fluid w ill readily flow into the pum p inlet at sufficient pressure
to avoid cavitation (see 2.2.3).
Ia Iit 1 t a 1
The static head is a difference in fluid levels.
Ia Iit a t Iit r 1 t a 1
This is the difference in height betw een the fluid level and the centre
line of the pum p inlet on the inlet side of the pum p.
Ia Iit | ist | a r] t 1 t a 1
This is the difference in height betw een the fluid level and the centre
line of the pum p inlet on the discharge side of the pum p.
| i] . I . I . I 1 | t |a Iit r s| ij t I t |t ta Iit r It j rt ssa rt
waItr |a rr t |tt r I
35 m
(115ft).
35 m
(115ft)
35 m
(115ft)
3.5 bar
(50 psi)
4.9 bar
(70 psi)
2.5 bar
(35 psi)
SG 1.0 SG 1.4 SG 0.7
waItr |a rr t |tt r I
35 m
(115 ft).
25 m
(82 ft).
50 m
(165 ft).
3.5 bar
(50 psi)
3.5 bar
(50 psi)
3.5 bar
(50 psi) SG 1.0 SG 1.4
SG 0.7
| i] . I . I . I t | t |a Iit r s| ij t I t |t ta Iit r It j rt ssa rt
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
t Ia | Ia Iit 1 t a 1
The total static head of a system is the difference in height betw een
the static discharge head and the static suction head.
| rit Iit r 1 t a 1
This is the pressure drop on both inlet and discharge sides of the
pum p due to frictional losses in fluid flow .
| r a m it 1 t a 1
This is the energy required to set the fluid in m otion and to overcom e
any resistance to that m otion.
t Ia | a t Iit r 1 t a 1
The total suction head is the static suction head less the dynam ic
head. W here the static head is negative, or w here the dynam ic head is
greater than the static head, this im plies the fluid level w ill be below
the centre line of the pum p inlet (ie suction lift).
t Ia | | ist | a r] t 1 t a 1
The total discharge head is the sum of the static discharge and
dynam ic heads.
t Ia | 1 t a 1
Total head is the total pressure difference betw een the total discharge
head and the total suction head of the pum p.The head is often a
know n value. It can be calculated by m eans of different form ulas if the
installation conditions are specified.
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
t Ia | sa t Iit r | t a 1 1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here: H = Total head.

H
s
= Total suction head.
H
t
= Total discharge head.
h
s
= Static suction head.
h
t
= Static discharge head.
h
fs
= Pressure drop in suction line.
h
ft
= Pressure drop in discharge line.
P
s
= Vacuum or pressure in a tank on suction side.
P
t
= Pressure in a tank on discharge side.
I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
In general term s: p > 0 for pressure.
p < 0 for vacuum .
p = 0 for open tank.
h
s
> 0 for flooded suction.
h
s
< 0 for suction lift.
| rt ssa rt | rt j
M anufacturers of processing equipm ent, heat exchangers, static
m ixers etc, usually have data available for pressure drop. These
losses are affected by fluid velocity, viscosity, tube diam eter, internal
surface finish of tube and tube length.
The different losses and consequently the total pressure drop in the
process are, if necessary, determ ined in practice by converting the
losses into equivalent straight length of tube w hich can then be used
in subsequent system calculations.
For calculations on w ater like viscosity fluids, the pressure drop can
be determ ined referring to the Pressure D rop C urve (see 14.5) as
show n in Exam ple 1. For higher viscosity fluids, a viscosity correction
factor is applied to the tube fittings by m ultiplying the resultant
equivalent tube length by the figures show n below - see Exam ple 2.
| rt ssa rt 1 rt j is I| t rt sa |I t I
Irit Iit r a | |t sst s ir j ij t t r| ,
IiIIir ] s a r 1 t I| t r j rt t t ss
t | a ij m t r I t It .
Vist t siI - t | 1 - 100 101 - 2000 2001 - 20000 20001 - 100000
| t rrt t Iit r | a t It r 1.0 0.75 0.5 0.25
| i] . I . I . I ] | |t t 1 t 1 sa t Iit r a r 1 t |t st 1
1 ist | a r] t Ia r | s
| i] . I . I . I | a t Iit r |iII a r 1 t j t r
| i] . I . I . I I | |t t 1 t 1 sa t Iit r a r 1 t j t r
a | |t I . I . I a
| i] . I . I . I i a t Iit r |iII a r 1 t |t st 1
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I !
| t a m j |t .
a | |t I . I . I |
| i] . I . I . I } | t a m j |t
C
Process:
Pum ping m ilk from tank A to tank G .
Q = 8 m
3
/h (35 U S gall/m in).
Tubes, valves and fittings:
A: Tank outlet dia. 63.5 m m (2.5 in).
A-B : 4 m (13 ft) tube dia. 63.5 m m (2.5 in).
A-B : 1 off bend 90 deg. dia. 63.5 m m (2.5 in).
B-C : 20 m (66 ft) tube dia. 51 m m (2 in).
C: Seat valve type SR C -W -51-21-100.
C -E: 15 m (49 ft) tube dia. 51 m m (2 in).
B-E: 3 off bend 90 deg. dia. 51 m m (2 in).
D: N on-return valve type LKC -2, 51 m m (2 in).
E: Seat valve type SR C -W -51-21-100.
E-F: 46 m (151 ft) tube dia. 38 m m (1.5 in).
E-F: 4 off bend 90 deg. dia. 38 m m (1.5 in).
F: Seat valve type SR C -W -38-21-100.
The pressure drop through the tubes, valves and fittings is
determ ined as equivalent tube length, so that the total pressure drop
can be calculated.
The conversion into equivalent tube length is carried out by reference
to section 14.7. This results in the follow ing equivalent tube length for
the different equipm ent as show n in the follow ing tables:
| | a ij m t r I | | a ita |t r I | 1 a | t | t r ] I| m
1 m m ! m m t 1 . ! m m
A Tank outlet 1 (estimated)
A-B Tube 4
A-B Bend 90 deg. 1 x 1
B-C Tube 20
C-E Tube 15
C-E SRC seat valve, pos 3 10
B-E Bend 90 deg. 3 x 1
D LKC-2 non-return valve 12
E SRC, seat valve, pos.5 14
E-F Tube 46
E-F Bend 90 deg. 4 x 1
F SRC seat valve, pos.3 4
t Ia| !\ I\ t
I t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
a | |t I . I . I t
| i] . I . I . I | | rt ssa rt 1 rt j t a rtt
| | a ij m t r I | | a ita |t r I | 1 a | t | t r ] I| II
. ! ir I ir I . ! ir
A Tank outlet 3 (estimated)
A-B Tube 13
A-B Bend 90 deg. 1 x 3
B-C Tube 66
C-E Tube 49
C-E SRC seat valve, pos.3 33
B-E Bend 90 deg. 3 x 3
D LKC-2 non-return valve 39
E SRC seat valve, pos.5 46
E-F Tube 151
E-F Bend 90 deg. 4 x 3
F SRC seat valve, pos.3 13
t Ia| I t I \ I 1
As view ed from the tables above the pressure drop through the
different equipm ent corresponds to the follow ing equivalent tube
length.
38 m m (1.5 in) tube: Length = 54 m (176 ft).
51 m m (2 in) tube: Length = 74 m (242 ft).
63.5 m m (2.5 in) tube: Length = 6 m (19 ft).
The pressure drop through 100 m of tube for sizes 38 m m , 51 m m
and 63.5 m m is determ ined by m eans of the follow ing curve, also
show n in 14.5.
~ 13.2
~ 3.0
~ 1.1
Q = 8 m
3
/h
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I I
The total pressure drop H in the process is consequently calculated
as follow s:
38 m m : H = 54 x 13.2 = 7.13 m
100
51 m m : H = 74 x 3.0 = 2.22 m
100
63.5 m m : H = 6 x 1.1 = 0.07 m
100
H = 7.13 + 2.22 + 0.07 = 9.42 m 9.4 m ( 1 bar)
or
1.5 in: H = 176 x 43 = 23.1 ft
328
2 in: H = 242 x 10 = 7.4 ft
328
2.5 in: H = 19 x 4 = 0.2 ft
328
H = 23.1 + 7.4 + 0.2 = 30.7 ft 31 ft ( 14 psi)
Process:
Pum ping glucose w ith a viscosity of 5000 cP from a flooded suction
through discharge pipeline as follow s.
Tubes, valves and fittings:
30 m (98 ft) tube dia. 51 m m (2 in).
20 m (66 ft) tube dia. 76 m m (3 in).
2 off N on-return valves 51 m m (2 in).
6 off B end 90 deg. dia. 51 m m (2 in).
4 off B end 90 deg. dia. 76 m m (3 in).
3 off Tee (out through side port) 51 m m (2 in).
The pressure drop through the tubes, valves and fittings is
determ ined as equivalent tube length so that the total pressure drop
can be calculated.
| t a m j |t I .
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
a | |t I . I . I t
a | |t I . I . I 1
For the pipe fittings the conversion into equivalent tube length is
carried out by reference to tables 14.7. This results in the follow ing
equivalent tube length for the different fittings as show n below :
| iIIir ] s | | a ita |t r I | 1 a | t | t r ] I| m
! m m I t m m
Non-return valve 2 x 12
Bend 90 deg. 6 x 1
Bend 90 deg. 4 x 1
Tee 3 x 3
t Ia| 11 \
| iIIir ] s | | a ita |t r I | 1 a | t | t r ] I| II
I ir 1 ir
Non-return valve 2 x 39
Bend 90 deg. 6 x 3
Bend 90 deg. 4 x 3
Tee 3 x 10
t Ia| I t I
As view ed from the tables above the pressure drop through the
different fittings corresponds to the follow ing equivalent tube length.
Tube dia. 51 m m (2 in): Length = 39 m (126 ft).
Tube dia. 76 m m (3 in): Length = 4 m (12 ft).
Applying the viscosity correction factor for 5000 cP the equivalent
tube length is now :
Tube dia. 51 m m (2 in): Length = 39 m (126 ft) x 0.5 = 19.5 m (63 ft)
Tube dia. 76 m m (3 in): Length = 4 m (12 ft) x 0.5 = 2 m (6 ft)
These figures of 19.5 m (63 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) w ould be added to the
straight tube lengths given as show n below , and subsequently used in
calculating the discharge pressure at the flow rate required.
Tube dia. 51 m m (2 in): 30 m (98 ft) + 19.5 m (63 ft) = 49.5 m (161 ft)
Tube dia. 76 m m (3 in): 20 m (66 ft) + 2 m (6 ft) = 22 m (72 ft)

k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
| rit Iit r | t ss | a |t a |a Iit r s
Since lam inar flow is uniform and predictable it is the only flow regim e
in w hich the friction losses can be calculated using purely
m athem atical equations. In the case of turbulent flow , m athem atical
equations are used, but these are m ultiplied by a co-efficient that is
norm ally determ ined by experim ental m ethods. This co-efficient is
know n as the D arcy friction factor (f
D
).
The M iller equation given below can be used to determ ine the friction
losses for both lam inar and turbulent flow in a given length of pipe (L).
In dim ensionally consistent SI units:
W here:
P f = pressure loss due to friction (Pa).
f
D
= D arcy friction factor.
L = tube length (m ).
D = tube diam eter (m ).
V = fluid velocity (m /s).
= density of fluid (kg/m
3
).
W here:
P f = pressure loss due to friction (bar).
f
D
D = tube diam eter (m m ).
S G = specific gravity.
or
W here:
P f = pressure loss due to friction (psi).
f
D
L = tube length (ft).
D = tube diam eter (in).
V = fluid velocity (ft/s).
| t Irit Iit r |t sst s ir a
j ij t t r| ssIt m a rt
1 t j t r 1 t r I a j t r I| t Ij t t I
I|t t | a ra t It risIit I| a I is
Ia | ir ] j |a t t . | t | t r t |1 s
r a m | t r | t is a st 1 It
1 t It rm ir t I| t I|t
t | a ra t It risIit , st t I . . I .
Pf = f
D
x L x x V
2

D x 2
Pf = 0.0823 x SG x f
D
x L x V
D
Pf = 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V
D
1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
For lam inar flow , the D arcy friction factor (f
D
) can be calculated directly
from the equation:
f
D
= 64
R e
For turbulent flow , the D arcy friction factor (f
D
) has to be determ ined
by reference to the M oody diagram (see section 14.8). It is first
necessary to calculate the relative roughness designated by the
sym bol .
W here:
= k
D
k = relative roughness w hich is the average heights of the pipe
internal surface peaks (m m ).
D = internal pipe diam eter (m m ).
I . I . 1 | a tiIa Iit r
C avitation is an undesirable vacuous space in the inlet port of the
pum p norm ally occupied by fluid. The low est pressure point in a
pum p occurs at the pum p inlet - due to local pressure reduction part
of the fluid m ay evaporate generating sm all vapour bubbles. These
bubbles are carried along by the fluid and im plode instantly w hen they
get into areas of higher pressure.
If cavitation occurs this w ill result in loss of pum p efficiency and noisy
operation. The life of a pum p can be shortened through m echanical
dam age, increased corrosion and erosion w hen cavitation is present.
W hen sizing pum ps on highly viscous fluids care m ust be taken not to
select too high a pum p speed so as to allow sufficient fluid to enter
the pum p and ensure satisfactory operation.
For all pum p application problem s, cavitation is the m ost com m only
encountered. It occurs w ith all types of pum ps, centrifugal, rotary or
reciprocating. W hen found, excessive pum p speed and/or adverse
suction conditions w ill probably be the cause and reducing pum p
speed and/or rectifying the suction condition w ill usually elim inate this
problem .
| t rt |a Iitt rt a ] | r t ss t I
j ij t s ta rit s iI| 1 ia m t It r,
Ij t t I m a It ria | a st 1 a r 1 a ] t
t I I| t j ij t . | I is a sa a | It
sim j |iI I| is | a sir ] a r
rt |a Iitt rt a ] | r t ss | t I 1 . 1 \ !
m m , | it | is I| t a | st |a It
rt a ] | r t ss t I t |t a r
t t m m t rt ia | sIt t | t r rt a ] | I
irt r j ij t s a s ] itt r | M t t 1 .
| t It rm t a tiIa Iit r is 1 t ritt 1
Irt m I| t t r1 t a tiI, m t a r ir ]
a | t ||t sj a t t .
| a tiIa Iit r s| t a |1 | t a tt i1 t 1
a I a || t t sIs.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
I . I . \ K t I | t siIitt a t Iit r 1 t a 1 K | 1
In addition to the total head, capacity, pow er and efficiency
requirem ents, the condition at the inlet of a pum p is critical. The
system on the inlet side of the pum p m ust allow a sm ooth flow of fluid
to enter the pum p at a sufficiently high pressure to avoid cavitation.
This is called the K et | ositive uction 1 ead, generally abbreviated
K | 1 .
Pum p m anufacturers supply data about the net positive suction head
required by their pum ps (N PSH r) for satisfactory operation. W hen
selecting a pum p it is critical the net positive suction head available
(N PSH a) in the system is greater than the net positive suction head
required by the pum p.
N PSH a is also referred to as N .I.P.A. (N et Inlet Pressure Available) and
N PSH r is also referred to as N .I.P.R . (N et Inlet Pressure R equired).
A sim plified w ay to look at N PSH a or N .I.P.A. is to im agine a balance
of factors w orking for (static pressure and positive head) and against
(friction loss and vapour pressure) the pum p.
Providing the factors acting for the pum p outw eigh those factors
acting against, there w ill be a positive suction pressure.
| i] . I . I . \ a K | 1 | a |a r t t
For
Against
+
-
| t r sa IisIa t It r j a m j
t j t ra Iit r .
K | 1 a - K | 1 r
K .|.|.k. - K .|.|.| .
1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
The value of N PSH a or N .I.P.A. in the system is dependent upon the
characteristic of the fluid being pum ped, inlet piping, the location of
the suction vessel, and the pressure applied to the fluid in the suction
vessel. This is the actual pressure seen at the pum p inlet. It is
im portant to note, it is the inlet system that sets the inlet condition
and not the pum p. It is calculated as follow s:
K | 1 a t r K . | . |. k . = | a |
s
- |
Is
- | tj
W here:
Pa = Pressure absolute above fluid level (bar).
h
s
= Static suction head (m ).
h
fs
= Pressure drop in suction line (m ).
P vp = Vapour pressure (bar a).
or
W here:
Pa = Pressure absolute above fluid level (psi).
h
s
= Static suction head (ft).
h
fs
= Pressure drop in suction line (ft).
P vp = Vapour pressure (psia).
It is im portant the units used for calculating N PSH a or N .I.P.A. are
consistent i.e. the total figures should be in m or ft.
For low tem perature applications the vapour pressure is generally not
critical and can be assum ed to be negligible.
h
s
NPSHa = Pressure acting on + Static suction Pressure drop Vapour pressure
or surface of liquid (Pa) head (h
s
) (h
fs
) (Pvp)
N.I.P.A.
+ve -ve +ve -ve
| i] . I . I . \ | K | 1 t a |t a |a Iit r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
Process:
W ater at 50 C (122
o
F).
Pa = Pressure absolute above fluid level (1 bar = 10 m )
(14.7 psi = 33.9 ft).
h
s
= Static suction head (3.5 m ) (11.5 ft).
h
fs
= Pressure drop in suction line (1.5 m ) (5 ft).
P vp = Vapour pressure (0.12 bar a = 1.2 m ) (1.8 psia = 4 ft).
N PSH r of pum p selected = 3.0 m (10 ft).
N PSH a = Pa - h
s
- h
fs
- Pvp = Pa - h
s
- h
fs
- Pvp
= 10 - 3.5 - 1.5 - 1.2 (m ) or = 33.9 - 11.5 - 5 - 4 (ft)
= 3.8 m = 13.4 ft
k s K | 1 a is ] rt a It r I| a r K | 1 r, r t t a tiIa Iit r i|| t t t a r a r 1 t r
I| t t t r 1 iIit r s sIa It 1 .
Process:
W ater at 75 C (167
o
F).
Pa = Pressure absolute above fluid level (0.5 bar = 5 m )
(7 psi = 16 ft).
h
s
= Static suction head (1.5 m ) (5 ft).
h
fs
P vp = Vapour pressure (0.39 bar a = 3.9 m ) (5.7 psia = 13 ft).
N PSH a = Pa + h
s
- h
fs
- Pvp = Pa + h
s
- h
fs
- Pvp
= 5 + 1.5 - 1.0 - 3.9 (m ) or = 16 + 5 - 3 - 13 (ft)
= 1.6 m = 5 ft
k s K | 1 a is |t ss I| a r K | 1 r, t a tiIa Iit r i|| t t t a r a r 1 t r I| t
t t r 1 iIit r s sIa It 1 .
| t a m j |t .
| i] . I . I . \ t | t a m j |t
3.5 m
1.5 m
| t a m j |t I .
| i] . I . I . \ 1 | t a m j |t
0.5 bar
1.5 m
1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
Process:
G lucose at 50 C (122
o
F).
Pa = Pressure absolute above fluid level (1 bar = 10 m )
(14.7 psi = 33.9 ft).
h
s
= Static suction head (1.5 m ) (5 ft).
h
fs
P vp = Vapour pressure (assum ed negligible = 0 m ) (0 ft).
N PSH a = Pa + h
s
- h
fs
- Pvp = Pa + h
s
- h
fs
- Pvp
= 10 + 1.5 - 9.0 - 0 (m ) or = 33.9 + 5 - 30 - 0 (ft)
= 2.5 m = 8.9 ft
k s K | 1 a is |t ss I| a r K | 1 r, t a tiIa Iit r i|| t t t a r a r 1 t r I| t
t t r 1 iIit r s sIa It 1 .
From the N PSH a form ula it is possible to check and optim ise the
conditions w hich affect N PSH a.
The effects are show n as follow s:
| t a m j |t 1 .
| i] . I . I . \ t | t a m j |t
| i] . I . I . \ I | t siIitt t IIt t I | i] . I . I . \ ] | t siIitt t IIt t I | i] . I . I . \ | K t ] a Iitt t IIt t I
| i] . I . I . \ i K t ] a Iitt t IIt t I | i] . I . I . \ } K t ] a Iitt t IIt t I | i] . I . I . \ | K t ] a Iitt t IIt t I
Vapour pressure
t m j t ra Ia rt 1 t j t r 1 t r I
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 !
a ] ] t sIit r s It r a tt i1 ir ] t a tiIa Iit r .
Keep pressure drop in the inlet line to a m inim um i.e. length of
line as short as possible, diam eter as large as possible, and
m inim al use of pipe fittings such as tees, valves etc.
M aintain a static head as high as possible.
R educe fluid tem perature, although caution is needed as this
m ay have an effect of increasing fluid viscosity, thereby
increasing pressure drop.
I . I . ! | rt ssa rt | t t | s wa It r 1 a m m t r
The term shockis not strictly correct as shock w aves only exist in
gases. The pressure shock is really a pressure w ave w ith a velocity of
propagation m uch higher than the velocity of the flow , often up to
1400 m /s for steel tubes. Pressure w aves are the result of rapid
changes in the velocity of the fluid in especially long runs of piping.
| t It ||t ir ] t a a st s t | a r ] t s ir I|a i1 tt |t t iI.
Valves are closed or opened.
Pum ps are started or stopped.
R esistance in process equipm ent such as valves, filters,
m eters, etc.
C hanges in tube dim ensions.
C hanges in flow direction.
The m ajor pressure w ave problem s in process plants are usually due
to rapidly closed or opened valves. Pum ps, w hich are rapidly/
frequently started or stopped, can also cause som e problem s.
W hen designing pipew ork system s it is im portant to keep the natural
frequency of the system as high as possible by using rigid pipew ork
and as m any pipew ork supports as possible, thereby avoiding the
excitation frequency of the pum p.
| IIt t Is t I j rt ssa rt a tt s.
N oise in the tube.
D am aged tube.
D am aged pum p, valves and other equipm ent.
C avitation.
Vt |t t iI t I j rt j a ] a Iit r
The velocity of propagation of the pressure w ave depends on:
Elasticity of the tubes.
Elasticity of the fluid.
The tubes support.
1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
W hen for exam ple, a valve is closed, the pressure w ave travels from
the valve to the end of the tube. The w ave is then reflected back to
the valve. These reflections are in theory continuing but in practice the
w ave gradually attenuates cancelled by friction in the tube.
A pressure w ave as a result of a pum p stopping is m ore dam aging
than for a pum p starting due to the large change in pressure w hich w ill
continue m uch longer after a pum p is stopped com pared to a pum p
starting. This is due to the low fluid velocity w hich results in a relatively
sm all dam ping of the pressure w aves.
A pressure w ave induced as a result of a pum p stopping can result in
negative pressure values in long tubes, i.e. values close to the
absolute zero point w hich can result in cavitation if the absolute
pressure drops to the vapour pressure of the fluid.
| rt t a a Iit r s
Pressure w aves are caused by changes in the velocity of the liquid in
especially long runs of tube. R apid changes in the operating
conditions of valves and pum p are the m ajor reasons to the pressure
w aves and therefore, it is im portant to reduce the speed of these
changes.
There are different w ays to avoid or reduce pressure w aves w hich are
briefly described below .
| t rrt t I I|t 1 irt t Iit r
Incorrect flow direction through valves can induce pressure w aves
particularly as the valve functions. W ith air-operated seat valves
incorrect direction of flow can cause the valve plug to close rapidly
against the valve seat inducing pressure w aves. Figs 2.2.5a and
2.2.5b specify the correct and incorrect flow direction for this type of
valve.
C orrect flow directions in the process plant can reduce or even
prevent pressure w ave problem s.
| i] . I . I . ! a | t rrt t I I|t 1 irt t Iit r I| rt a ] |
s t a I t a |t t
| i] . I . I . ! | | r t t rrt t I I|t 1 irt t Iit r
I| rt a ] | st a I ta |tt
Incorrect C orrect
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 I
| a m j ir ] t I ta |tt s
The pressure w ave induced by a seat valve can be avoided or
m inim ised by dam ping the m ovem ent of the valve plug. The dam ping
is carried out by m eans of a special dam per (see fig. 2.2.5c).
j t t 1 t t r Irt | t I j a m j s
Speed control of a pum p is a very efficient w ay to m inim ise or prevent
pressure w aves. The m otor is controlled by m eans of a soft starter or
a frequency converter so that the pum p is:
Started at a low speed w hich is slow ly increased to duty
speed.
Stopped by slow ly decreasing from duty speed dow n to a
low er speed or zero.
The risk of pow er failure should be taken into consideration w hen
using speed control against pressure w aves.
| | a ij m t r I It r ir 1 a sIria | j rt t t sst s
There is various equipm ent available to reduce pressure w aves such
as:
Pressure storage tanks.
Pressure tow ers.
D am ped or undam ped non-return valves.
These how ever, m ay not be suitable for hygienic processes and
further advice m ay be required before they are recom m ended or used
in such installations.
| i] . I . I . ! t 1 i| 1 a m j t r It r st a I ta |tt
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j t |t t Iit r
3 . Pump Selec tion
k s j a m j s a rt a st 1 ir 1 iIIt rt r I
|t t a Iit r s a r 1 sIa ] t s t I a
j rt t t ss I| t r t t 1 It r I| t
t t rrt t I j a m j ir I| t ri] | I j |a t t
| a s | t t t m t ir t rt a sir ] |
im j t rIa r I. | I is I| t rt It rt
r t t t ssa r It | t a a rt t I I| t
ta rit a s j rt | |t m s I| a I m i] | I | t
t r t t a r It rt 1 | t r st |t t Iir ] a
j a m j .
As dem ands on processes increase, m ajor factors evolve such as
the quality of products and process profitability. In view of this, the
correct selection of a pum p is of great im portance.
The pum p m ust be able to carry out various duties under differing
conditions.
Som e of these are as follow s:
Transfer various types of fluids/products.
G entle treatm ent of the fluids/products.
O vercom e different losses and pressure drops in the system .
Provide hygienic, econom ical and long lasting operation.
Ensure easy and safe installation, operation and m aintenance.
Som e pum p problem s can be:
The correct type of pum p for the right application.
The correct design of pum p.
The correct selection of pum p w ith regard to inlet and outlet
conditions, product data, operating conditions etc.
C orrect selection of shaft seals.
C orrect selection of drive units.
This section gives an overview of the pum p ranges currently
available from Alfa Laval and w hich particular pum ps to apply
w ithin various application areas.
\ 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
3.1 G eneral Applications G uide
The table show n below gives a general guide as to the various types
of Alfa Laval pum p that m ay be required to suit the application.
a | |t 1 . a
General Requirements Centrifugal Liquid Ring Rotary Lobe
Product/ Fluid Requirements
Max. Viscosity 1000 cP 200 cP 1000000 cP
Max. Pumping Temperature 140C (284
o
F) 140C (284
o
F) 200C (392
o
F)
Min. Pumping Temperature - 10C (14
o
F) - 10C (14
o
F) - 20C (-4
o
F)
Ability to pump abrasive products Not recommended Not recommended Fair
Ability to pump fluids containing air or gases Not recommended Recommended Fair
Ability to pump shear sensitive media Fair Not recommended Recommended
Ability to pump solids in suspension Fair Not recommended Recommended
CIP capability (sanitary) Recommended Recommended Recommended
Dry running capability (when fitted with
flushed/quench mechanical seals) Recommended Recommended Recommended
Self Draining capability Recommended Recommended Recommended
Performance Requirements
Max. Capacity - m/hr 440 80 115
Max. Capacity - US gall/min 1936 352 506
Max. Discharge Pressure - bar 20 5.5 20
Max. Discharge Pressure - psig 290 80 290
Ability to vary flow rate Fair Not recommended Recommended
Suction Lift capability (primed wet) Recommended Recommended Recommended
Suction Lift capability (unprimed - dry) Not recommended Not recommended Fair
Drive Availability
Air motor No No Yes
Diesel engine No No Yes
Electric motor Yes Yes Yes
Hydraulic motor Possible Possible Yes
Petrol engine No No Yes
Compliance with International
Standards and Guidelines
3-A Yes Yes Yes
FDA Yes Yes Yes
EHEDG Yes No Yes
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \
3.2 Pum ps for Sanitary Applications
The follow ing table illustrates w hich Alfa Laval pum p ranges can be
used in various sanitary application areas. A detailed description of
these pum p ranges is given in section 4.
The Liquid R ing pum p is used in m ost of these sanitary application
areas dedicated for C IP and tank em ptying duties.
| rt t r
Alfa Laval C entrifugal and R otary Lobe pum ps are used in m ost
process stages of brew ing from w ort handling to beer pasteurisation
and filling. G enerally, rotary lobe pum ps best perform high fluid
viscosity applications, such as liquid sugar tanker offloading and m alt
syrups, w hereas low fluid viscosity applications, such as beer and
w ater chilling, are m ostly carried out using centrifugal pum ps. D uring
the ferm entation process, rotary lobe pum ps w ith their gentle
pum ping action are ideally used handling yeast containing delicate
cells.
| i] . 1 . I a | a m j ra r ] t s
Pum p R anges from Alfa Laval
C entrifugal Liquid Ring R otary Lobe
LKH LKH M ultistage M R SRU S X
LKH P H igh Pressure LKH SP
LKH I LKH U ltra Pure
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j | a r ] t s
a | |t 1 . I a
| a m j j t | a m j | a r ] t kj j |it a Iit r krt a
Centrifugal LKH ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
LKH-Multistage ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
LKHP-High Pressure ! ! ! !
LKHSP ! ! ! !
LKHI ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
LKH-Ultra Pure ! ! ! ! ! !
Rotary Lobe SRU ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
SX ! ! ! ! ! ! !
|
r
t
t
r
|
t
r
I
t
t
I
i
t
r
t
r
|
a
i
r
1
I
|
t
r

|
t
t
1
|
|
a
r
m
a
t
t
a
I
i
t
a
|
t
a
j

a
r
1

|
t
I
t
r
]
t
r
I
t
I
I

|
r
i
r
|
a
]
a
r
w
a
I
t
r
\ I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| t r It t Iit r t r
Alfa Laval is a m ajor supplier of pum ping equipm ent to this industry,
providing pum ps to all the m ajor confectionery com panies. R otary
lobe pum ps being used on high viscosity products such as
chocolate, glucose, biscuit cream and fondant. C onfectionery
products that contain particulate m atter, such as fruit pie fillings, can
be handled w ith the rotary lobe pum p. C entrifugal pum ps can be
com m only found on fat and vegetable oil applications.
| a ir
Alfa Laval C entrifugal and R otary Lobe pum ps, w ith their hygienic
construction and conform ing to 3-A standards (see section 11), are
used extensively throughout the dairy industry on m ilk processing,
cream and cultured products such as yoghurt.
1 I| t r | t t 1
O ther Foodm eans other than C onfectionery, D airy and Sugar -
generally Alfa Laval C entrifugal and R otary Lobe pum ps can be found
on general transfer duties handling products such as petfood, sauces
and flavourings.
| | a rm a t t a Iit a |
Alfa Laval C entrifugal and R otary Lobe pum ps can be found on m any
applications w ithin this industry w here hygiene and corrosion
resistance is param ount, such as cosm etic cream s, protein solutions,
toothpaste, perfum e, sham poo and blood products.
t a j a r 1 | t It r] t r I
Alfa Laval C entrifugal and R otary Lobe pum ps can be found on m any
applications w ithin this industry, handling products such as neat soap,
sulphonic acid, fabric conditioner, dishw ash liquid, fatty acid, lauryl
ether sulphate, liquid detergent and surfactants.
t II | rir |
Alfa Laval C entrifugal pum ps are m ainly used on applications handling
thin liquid sugar solutions, w ater and flavourings. Alfa Laval R otary
Lobe pum ps are m ainly used on applications handling high viscosity
fruit juice concentrates.
a ] a r
Alfa Laval R otary Lobe pum ps, w ith their ability to handle highly
viscosity abrasive products, can be found w ithin m any areas of sugar
refined products requiring hygienic handling, such as high boiled
sugars, glucose solutions and sugar syrups used in confectionery,
bakery, brew ing and carbonated soft drinks.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ 1
wa It r
Alfa Laval C entrifugal pum ps provide a low cost effective solution for
high purity w ater and w ater like applications.
3.3 Pum pC AS Selection and C onfiguration
Tool
Pum p selection for both C entrifugal and R otary Lobe Pum ps can be
m ade by the use of Alfa Lavals Pum pC AS selection program . This
program prom pts the user to enter pum p duty inform ation and
selects the pum p from the product range m ost suited to their specific
application. The program selects both centrifugal and rotary lobe
pum ps and provides the user w ith a com parison of features enabling
the m ost appropriate technology to be chosen. If one or other
technology is not suited to a specific application (this could be due to
physical lim itations and or fluid characteristics) the program w ill advise
the user, and recom m end an alternative solution.
As w ell as perform ing the pum p selection, Pum pC AS also extracts
data from a com prehensive liquids database enabling it to suggest
viscosity, SG , m axim um speed, elastom er com patibility and prim ary
seal configuration. After the pum p has been selected, the user w ill be
assisted to com plete a detailed pum p unit specification. This w ill
include additional options such as pressure relief valves, heating or
cooling devices, connection specifications etc. for w hich the price of
the pum p and its configuration code (item num ber) w ill be
autom atically generated aiding the quotation and/or ordering
process.
In addition, Pum pC AS w ill also provide detailed parts list for the
pum p w ith item num bers w ith all recom m ended spare parts identified
and priced. D im ensional details in the form of general arrangem ent
draw ings can also be generated.
A link to all technical inform ation that m ay be required to accom pany
the quotation such as O perating m anuals, generic or specific
perform ance curves, and technical data sheets w ill also be provided,
along w ith direct access to this Alfa Laval Pum p H andbook for any
additional supporting inform ation that m ay be required.
| I t a t a |1 |i| t a t t j t I I| t
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j | k
t |t t Iit r a r 1 | t r Ii] a ra Iit r
t t | j |t a st t t r Ia t I t a r |t t a |
k |Ia | a ta | sa |t s t t m j a r .
\ \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
Flexibility has been built in to the softw are to enable specific enquiries
to be answ ered w ithout the need to com plete a full pum p selection.
For exam ple, recom m ended spares lists can be extracted based on
an existing configuration code or direct access to technical
inform ation relating to a specific pum p technology is possible.
The liquids database contained w ithin Pum pC AS is based on
rheological tests perform ed over m any years on end users liquids at
Alfa Lavals chem ical laboratory, and w ill be continually added to as
additional products are tested. All inform ation is offered for guidance
purposes only.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ !
| a m j | t st rij Iit r
4 . Pump Desc rip tion
4.1 C entrifugal Pum ps
\ . . | t r t ra |
The Alfa Laval range of C entrifugal Pum ps has been designed
specially for use in the food, dairy, beverage, pharm aceutical and light
chem ical industries. C entrifugal pum ps including m ulti-stage designs
and those for high inlet pressure, can handle m ost low viscosity
applications. C entrifugal pum ps can provide the m ost cost effective
solution.
k IIri| a It s ir t |a 1 t .
H igh efficiency.
Low pow er consum ption.
Low noise level.
Low N PSH requirem ent.
Easy m aintenance.
This section gives a description of Alfa Laval pum p ranges
including design, principle of operation and pum p m odel types.
\ t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| i] . \ . . I a | rir t ij |t t I t j t ra Iit r
\ . . I | rir t ij |t t I 1 j t ra Iit r
Fluid is directed to the im peller eye and is forced into a circular
m ovem ent by the rotation of the im peller vanes. As a result of this
rotation, the im peller vanes transfer m echanical w ork to the fluid in the
im peller channel, w hich is form ed by the im peller vanes. The fluid is
then pressed out of the im peller by m eans of centrifugal force and
finally leaves the im peller channel w ith increased pressure and velocity.
The velocity of the fluid is also partly converted into pressure by the
pum p casing before it leaves the pum p through the outlet.
The principle of the m ulti-stage centrifugal pum p is the sam e as the
conventional centrifugal pum p. The pum p consists, how ever, of
several im pellers (several stages) w hich increase the pressure from
one stage to another but flow rate is unchanged. The m ulti-stage
centrifugal pum p operates as if several conventional centrifugal
pum ps are connected in series.
\ . . 1 | t si] r
In general the Alfa Laval centrifugal pum p does not contain m any
parts, w ith the pum phead being connected to a standard electric
m otor. The im peller is fixed onto the pum p shaft w hich is housed in a
pum p casing and back plate these com ponents are described
below :
| m j t ||t r
The im peller is of cast m anufacture and open type; i.e. the im peller
vanes are open in front. This type allow s visual inspection of the vanes
and the area betw een them .
A sem i-open im peller is also available w hich is easy to clean and
suitable for polishing.
| i] . \ . . I | M a |IisIa ] t t t r IriIa ] a | j a m j
| t im j t ||t r | a s It t r
m a |Iij |t ta r t s 1 t j t r 1 ir ] t r
I| t Ij t t I t t r IriIa ] a | j a m j .
| t im j t ||t r 1 ia m t It r a r 1
i1 I| i|| ta r 1 t j t r 1 t r I
a j t r I| t 1 a I rt | a irt m t r Is.
| i] . \ . . 1 a t m i-t j t r im j t ||t r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ I
| a m j | a sir ]
The pum p casing is of pressed steel m anufacture, com plete w ith m ale
screw ed connections and can be supplied w ith fittings or clam p liners.
The pum p casing is designed for
m ulti position outlet, w ith 360
flexibility.
| a t | | |a It
The back plate is of pressed steel m anufacture, w hich together w ith
the pum p casing form the actual fluid cham ber in w hich the fluid is
transferred by m eans of the im peller.
M t t | a r it a | t a |
The connection betw een the m otor shaft/pum p shaft and the pum p
casing is sealed by m eans of a m echanical seal, w hich is described in
section 6.
| rt a 1 a r 1 | t ] s
M ost pum p types are fitted w ith shrouds and adjustable legs. The
shroud is insulated to keep noise to a m inim um and protect the
m otor against dam age.
| |t a st r t It k |Ia | a ta | | t r IriIa ] a | j a m j s It r I| t | k m a r| t I
a rt sa j j |it 1 iI| t a I s| rt a 1 s.
| i] . \ . . 1 | | a m j t a sir ]
| i] . \ . . 1 t 1 t 1
t
I|t t i| i|iI
| i] . \ . . 1 1 | a t | j |a It
| i] . \ . . 1 t | a m j iI| s| rt a 1 a r 1 |t ] s
\ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j | a III| t r r t t Iit r s
M ost pum ps have stub shafts that are fixed to the m otor shafts by
m eans of com pression couplings, elim inating the use of keyw ays. The
stub shaft assem bly design provides a sim ple, yet secure m ethod of
drive that reduces vibration and noise. O n the m ultistage centrifugal
pum p the length of the pum p shaft w ill differ depending upon the
num ber of im pellers fitted.
k 1 a j It r
M ost pum ps are fitted w ith a standard IEC electric m otor. The
connection betw een the m otor and back plate is m ade by m eans of
an adaptor, w hich can be attached to any standard IEC or C -fram e
electric m otor.
Pum ps supplied w ith direct coupled m otors have no adaptors.
\ . . \ | a m j | a r ] t
The Alfa Laval C entrifugal Pum p portfolio com prises different ranges
as follow s:
| | 1 | a r ] t
The LKH pum p is a highly efficient and econom ical centrifugal pum p,
m eeting sanitary requirem ents w ith gentle product treatm ent and
chem ical resistance.
The LKH range is available in tw elve sizes: LKH -5, -10, -15, -20, -25,
-35, -40, -45, -50, -60, -70 and -80.
Flow rates for 50 H z up to 440 m /h (1936 U S gall/m in) and
differential pressures up to 11.5 bar (165 psig) and for 60 H z up to
440 m
3
/h (1936 U S gall/m in) and differential pressure up to 16 bar
(230 psig).
| i] . \ . . 1 I | t m j rt ssit r t t a j |ir ]
| i] . \ . . 1 ] k 1 a j It r
| i] . \ . . \ a | | 1 | i] . \ . . \ | | | 1 | k tt rsit r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ 1
| | 1 -M a |IisIa ] t | a r ] t
These pum ps are prim arily used in applications w ith high outlet
pressure and low capacity requirem ents such as brew eries, reverse
osm osis and ultra-filtration. The pum ps are available as tw o, three or
four stage m odels (i.e. pum ps fitted w ith tw o, three or four im pellers
respectively).
Flow rates for 50 H z up to 75 m /h (330 U S gall/m in) and discharge
pressures up to 40 bar (580 psig) w ith boost pressures up to 19 bar
(275 psig) and for 60 H z up to 80 m
3
/h (352 U S gall/m in) and boost
pressures up to 26 bar (375 psig).
For inlet pressures greater than 10 bar (145 psig) a specialm otor is
used incorporating fixed angular contact bearings due to axial thrust.
| | 1 | -1 i] | | rt ssa rt | a r ] t
These pum ps are designed to handle high inlet pressures built w ith
reinforced pum p casing and back plate. Application areas include
reverse osm osis m ono-filtration and ultra-filtration.
| i] . \ . . \ t | | 1 -M a |IisIa ] t | i] . \ . . \ 1 | | 1 -M a |IisIa ] t | k tt rsit r
| t | | 1 -M a |IisIa ] t ra r ] t is
a ta i|a | |t ir sit sitt s.
| i] . \ . . \ t | | 1 | -1 i] | | rt ssa rt | i] . \ . . \ I | | 1 | -1 i] | | rt ssa rt | k
tt rsit r
| a m j itt K a m | t r t I Ia ] t s
LKH -112 2
LKH -113 3
LKH -114 4
LKH -122 2
LKH -123 3
LKH -124 4
! 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
The LKH P-H igh Pressure range is available in nine sizes, LKH P-10,
-15, -20, -25, -35, -40, -45, -50 and -60.
The pum p range is designed for inlet pressures up to 40 bar
(580 psig). Flow rates for 50 H z up to 240 m /h (1056 U S gall/m in)
w ith differential pressures up to 8 bar (115 psig). For 60 H z, flow
rates up to 275 m
3
/h (1210 U S gall/m in) w ith differential pressures up
to 11 bar (160 psig).
For these high inlet pressures a specialm otor w ith fixed angular
contact bearings is used due to axial thrust.
| | 1 | | a r ] t
The LKH SP self-prim ing pum p is specially designed for pum ping
fluids containing air or gas w ithout loosing its pum ping ability. The
pum p is for use in food, chem ical, pharm aceutical and other sim ilar
industries.
These pum ps can be used for tank em ptying or as a C IP return pum p
w here there is a risk of air or gas m ixing w ith the fluid in the suction
line. The pum p is capable of creating a vacuum of 0.6 bar, depending
upon pum p size.
The pum p is supplied com plete w ith a tank, a non-return valve
(norm ally closed) on the inlet side, a tee and a non-return valve
(norm ally open) on the bypass line.
The LKH SP range is available in five sizes, LKH SP-10, -20, -25, -35
and -40.
Flow rates up to 90 m /h (396 U S gall/m in) and differential pressures
for 50 H z up to 8 bar (115 psig) and for 60 H z, 11 bar (160 psig).
| | 1 | | a r ] t
This pum p range is sim ilar to the LKH range but is suitable for inlet
pressures up to 16 bar (230 psig). The pum p can w ithstand this high
inlet pressure due to being fitted w ith an internal shaft seal.
The LKH I range is available in nine sizes, LKH I-10, -15, -20 ,-25, -35,
-40, -50 and -60.
Flow rates for 50 H z up to 240 m /h (1056 U S gall/m in) w ith
differential pressures up to 8 bar (115 psig). For 60 H z, flow rates up
to 275 m
3
/h (1210 U S gall/m in) w ith differential pressures up to 11
bar (160 psig).
| i] . \ . . \ ] | | 1 |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
For inlet pressures greater than 10 bar (145 psig) a specialm otor is
used incorporating fixed angular contact bearings due to axial thrust.
| | 1 -| |Ira | a rt | a r ] t
These pum ps are designed for high purity applications such as
w ater-for-injection (W FI). The pum p is fully drainable supplied w ith
associated pipew ork, fittings and valves. Another feature of this
pum p is self-venting, due to the pum p casing outlet being turned 45.
The LKH -U ltraPure range is available in five sizes, LKH -U ltraPure-10,
-20, -25, -35 and -40.
for 50 H z up to 8 bar (115 psig) and for 60 H z, 11 bar (160 psig).
| t rit s ra r ] t
The C -Series is the original, all-purpose Alfa Laval centrifugal pum p for
less dem anding applications.
The range is designed for m eeting sanitary requirem ents and can be
| leaned-|n-| lace.
The C -series is produced m ainly for the U SA and is available in five
sizes, C 114, C 216, C 218, C 328 and C 4410.
Flow rates for 60 H z up to 227 m
3
/h (1000 U S gall/m in) and
differential pressures up to 10 bar (145 psig).
| i] . \ . . \ | | | 1 -| |Ira | a rt | i] . \ . . \ i | | 1 -| |Ira | a rt | k tt rsit r
| i] . \ . . \ } | - t rit s
! I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
4.2 Liquid R ing Pum ps
\ . I . | t r t ra |
The Alfa Laval range of Liquid R ing Pum ps are specially designed for
use in food, chem ical and pharm aceutical industries w here pum ping
liquids containing air or gases. As the liquid ring pum p is self-prim ing
w hen half filled w ith fluid, it is capable of pum ping from a suction line
partly filled w ith air or gases. As these pum ps are self-prim ing, they
are ideally used as return pum ps in C IP system s.
Self-prim ing (w hen pum p casing is half filled w ith fluid).
Suitable for aerated fluids.
H igh efficiency.
M inim al m aintenance.
\ . I . I | rir t ij |t t I 1 j t ra Iit r
The liquid-ring pum p is in principle a centrifugal pum p. The pum p is,
how ever, self-prim ing w hen half filled w ith fluid. The self-prim ing
capability is a result of the im peller design, sm all tolerances betw een
the im peller and the pum p casing, and due to a side channel m ade in
the pum p casing and/or the front cover. The discharge line should be
routed 1 to 2 m etres vertically upw ards from the pum p outlet
connections to m aintain the liquid ring in the side channels (see 12.5.1).
The sequence of a section betw een tw o im peller vanes during one
revolution is described in the follow ing:
a) There is a certain fluid volum e in the gap betw een the vanes
w hich is not in contact w ith the channel.
a) to b)The gap is in contact w ith the channel, w hich gradually
becom es deeper. Part of the fluid betw een the vanes fills the
channel. The centrifugal force pushes the fluid outw ards and
consequently form s a vacuum at the centre of the im peller.
| i] . \ . I . I a | rir t ij |t t I t j t ra Iit r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! 1
b) to c)The depth of the channel is still increased. The fluid volum e is
still forced outw ards and consequently the fluid-free volum e
betw een the vanes is increased until it reaches a m axim um
w here the channel has m axim um depth.
d) The vacuum created induces air from the suction line through
the inlet at d.
d) to e)Air and fluid are circulated w ith the im peller until the depth of
the channel begins to decrease. The volum e betw een the
vanes is gradually reduced as the depth of the channel is
reduced and consequently pressure is built up at the centre of
the im peller.
e) The fluid is still forced outw ards and the air rem ains at the
centre of the im peller. The sam e volum e of air that w as
induced through the inlet is now expelled through the outlet at
edue to the pressure increase at the centre of the im peller.
e) to a)The section betw een the vanes w ill be refilled w ith fluid w hen it
has passed the channel as only air and no fluid has yet been
pum ped. The cycle described above is continuously repeated
as the im peller has several sections and rotates at approx.
1500 rev/m in.(50 H z) or 1800 rev/m in. (60H z).
W hen all the air is rem oved from the suction line the described cycle is
repeated for the fluid. The pum p now operates as a fluid pum p.
\ . I . 1 | t si] r
As for centrifugal pum ps, the liquid ring pum p does not contain m any
parts the pum phead being connected to a standard electric m otor.
The im peller is fixed onto the pum p shaft housed in a pum p casing
and casing cover.
| m j t ||t r
The im peller is of cast m anufacture w ith straight radial im peller vanes.
There is only one im peller size for each type of liquid ring pum p.
| i] . \ . I . 1 a | m j t ||t r
! \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j | a sir ] a r 1 | a sir ] | t tt r
The pum p casing is of cast m anufacture com plete w ith m ale screw ed
connections and fittings or clam p liners. The pum p casing cover is
also of cast m anufacture, w ith or w ithout a channel depending upon
pum p type/size. The pum p casing and casing cover form the actual
fluid cham ber in w hich the fluid is transferred by m eans of the im peller.
M t t | a r it a | t a |
The connection betw een the m otor shaft/pum p shaft and the pum p
casing is sealed by m eans of a m echanical seal, w hich is described in
section 6.
| rt a 1 a r 1 | t ] s
Pum ps fitted w ith standard IEC m otors utilise the shrouds and legs
used on the LKH centrifugal pum p range.
| |t a st r t It k |Ia | a ta | | i| a i1 | ir ] j a m j s It r I| t | k m a r| t I
a rt sa j j |it 1 iI| t a I s| rt a 1 s.
| a m j | a III| t r r t t Iit r s
M ost pum ps have stub shafts that are fixed to the m otor shafts by
m eans of com pression couplings, as used on C entrifugal pum ps.
k 1 a j It r
For pum ps fitted w ith a standard IEC electric m otor, the connection
betw een the m otor and pum p casing is m ade by m eans of an
adaptor, sim ilar to that used on C entrifugal pum ps.
(Adapter not used on M R -300 m odel).
| i] . \ . I . 1 1 | a m j iI| | | | sIa r 1 a r1
m t It r
| i] . \ . I . 1 | | a m j iI| t r t t | a r r t | | i] . \ . I . 1 t | a m j iI| It t | a r r t |s
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! !
\ . I . \ | a m j | a r ] t
The Alfa Laval Liquid R ing Pum p range is designated the M R range.
M | | a r ] t
The M R range is available in four sizes, M R -166S, M R -185S,
M R -200S and M R -300.
The pum p range is designed for inlet pressures up to 4 bar (60 psig).
of 5 bar (73 psig) for 50 H z and 6 bar (87 psig) for 60 H z.
| i] . \ . I . \ a M | - t t , M | - ! a r 1
M | -I 1 1
| i] . \ . I . \ | M | -1 1 1 | i] . \ . I . \ t M | j a m j | k tt rsit r
! t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
4.3 R otary Lobe Pum ps
\ . 1 . | t r t ra |
The Alfa Laval range of R otary Lobe Pum ps w ith its non-contact
pum p elem ent design has the ability to cover a w ide range of
applications in industry. The hygienic design, anti-corrosive stainless
steel construction and sm ooth pum ping action have long established
these pum ps in the food, beverage, dairy and pharm aceutical
industries.
G entle transfer of delicate suspended solids.
B i-directional operation.
C om pact size w ith high perform ance and low energy input.
Ability to pum p shear sensitive m edia.
Easy m aintenance.
\ . 1 . I | rir t ij |t t I 1 j t ra Iit r
Alfa Laval ranges of R otary Lobe pum ps are of conventional design
operating w ith no internal contacting parts in the pum p head. The
pum ping principle is explained w ith reference to the follow ing diagram ,
w hich show s the displacem ent of fluid from pum p inlet to outlet. The
rotors are driven by a gear train in the pum p gear gearbox providing
accurate synchronisation or tim ing of the rotors. The rotors
contra-rotate w ithin the pum p head carrying fluid through the pum p,
in the cavities form ed betw een the dw ell of the rotor and the interior
of the rotorcase.
In hydraulic term s, the m otion of the counter rotating rotors creates a
partial vacuum that allow s atm ospheric pressure or other external
pressures to force fluid into the pum p cham ber. As the rotors rotate
an expanding cavity is form ed w hich is filled w ith fluid. As the rotors
separate, each dw ell form s a cavity. The m eshing of the rotor causes
a dim inishing cavity w ith the fluid being displaced into the outlet port.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! I
\ . 1 . 1 | a m j | a r ] t
Alfa Laval R otary Lobe Pum ps can be supplied bare shaft (w ithout
drive) or com plete w ith drive such as electric m otor, air m otor, and
diesel or petrol engine (see 8.2.7). R anges prim arily as follow s:
| | | a r ] t
The SR U pum p range has been designed for use on general transfer
duties throughout the brew ing, dairy, food and chem ical
m anufacturing processes.
The SR U range is available in six series each having tw o pum phead
displacem ents and tw o different shaft m aterials.
D isplacem ent is the theoretical am ount of fluid the pum p w ill
transfer per revolution.
D uplex stainless steel m aterial used for higher pressures.
\ 1
I 1 \
I
1 t ritt r Ia || j t rIt 1 j a m j It j s| a II 1 ritt
Vt rIit a || j t rIt 1 j a m j |t II | a r 1 s| a II 1 ritt
| i] . \ . 1 . I a | rir t ij |t t I t j t ra Iit r
| i] . \ . 1 . 1 a | |
! k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
The SR U pum p range incorporates a universally m ounted gearbox on
series 1 - 4. This gives the flexibility of m ounting pum ps w ith the inlet
and outlet ports in either a vertical or horizontal plane by changing the
foot and foot position. For the larger series 5 and 6, either horizontal
or vertical plane inlet and outlet porting is achieved by using
dedicated gearbox castings. This pum p range also incorporates full
bore through porting com plying w ith international standards
B S4825/ISO 2037, m axim ising inlet and outlet port efficiency and
N PSH characteristics.
Flow rates up to 106 m /h (466 U S gall/m in) and pressures up to 20
bar (290 psig).
The SR U range conform s to U SA 3A requirem ents.
| | | a i|1 t |t t Iit r | | M t 1 t | | i s j |a t t m t r I | iIIt rt r Iia | M a t .
t ri t s | rt s s a rt j t t 1
005
008
013
013
018
018
027
027
038
038
055
055
079
079
116
116
168
168
260
260
353
353
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
L or H
D
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D
SR U 1/005/LD or H D
SR U 2/013/LS or H S
Litres/
rev
0.053
0.085
0.128
0.128
0.181
0.181
0.266
0.266
0.384
0.384
0.554
0.554
0.79
0.79
1.16
1.16
1.68
1.68
2.60
2.60
3.53
3.53
U K gall/
100 rev
1.17
1.87
2.82
2.82
3.98
3.98
5.85
5.85
8.45
8.45
12.19
12.19
17.38
17.38
25.52
25.52
36.95
36.95
57.20
57.20
77.65
77.65
U S gall/
100 rev
1.4
2.25
3.38
3.38
4.78
4.78
7.03
7.03
10.15
10.15
14.64
14.64
20.87
20.87
30.65
30.65
44.39
44.39
68.70
68.70
93.26
93.26
bar
8
5
10
15
7
10
10
15
7
10
10
20
7
15
10
20
7
15
10
20
7
15
psig
115
75
145
215
100
145
145
215
100
145
145
290
100
215
145
290
100
215
145
290
100
215
rev/m in
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
600
600
600
600
500
500
500
500
P
u
m
p

h
e
a
d
c
o
d
e
G
e
a
r
b
o
x
S
h
a
f
t
1 11 11
2 22 22
3 33 33
4 44 44
5 55 55
6 66 66
L - H orizontal Porting
H - Vertical Porting
S - Stainless Steel
D - D uplex Stainless Steel
a | |t \ . 1 . 1 a
| a m j K t m t r t |a Ia rt
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! 1
X | a r ] t
The SX pum p range is designed to be used w here ultra-clean
operation is critical, suited to applications in the pharm aceutical,
biotechnology, fine chem ical and speciality food industries. This pum p
range like the SR U range incorporates a universally m ounted gearbox
on series 1 - 4. This gives the flexibility of m ounting pum ps w ith the
inlet and outlet ports in either a vertical or horizontal plane by
changing the foot and foot position. For the larger series 5, 6 and 7,
only vertical plane inlet and outlet porting is available by using a
dedicated gearbox casting. This pum p range also incorporates full
bore through porting com plying w ith international standards
B S4825/ISO 2037, m axim ising the inlet and outlet efficiency of the
pum p and the N PSH characteristics.
The SX range has been certified by EH ED G (European H ygienic
Equipm ent D esign G roup) as fully C IP cleanable to their protocol. In
addition to being EH ED G com pliant, the SX pum p also conform s to
the U SA 3A standard and all m edia contacting com ponents are FD A
com pliant. All m edia contacting elastom ers are controlled
com pression joints to prevent pum ped m edia leaking to atm osphere
(see section 6.2).
The SX range is available in seven series each having tw o pum phead
displacem ents. Flow rates up to 115 m /h (506 U S gall/m in) and
pressures up to 15 bar (215 psig).
| i] . \ . 1 . 1 | X
| a m j K t m t r t |a Ia rt
X | a i|1 t |t t Iit r X M t 1 t | | i s j |a t t m t r I | iIIt rt r Iia | M a t .
t ri t s | rt s s a rt j t t 1
P
u
m
p
h
e
a
d
c
o
d
e
G
e
a
r
b
o
x
005
007
013
018
027
035
046
063
082
115
140
190
250
380
H or U
H or U
H or U
H or U
H or U
H or U
H or U
H or U
H
H
H
H
H
H
SX1/005/H or U
SX1/007/H or U
SX2/013/H or U
SX2/018/H or U
SX3/027/H or U
SX3/035/H or U
SX4/046/H or U
SX4/063/H or U
S X5/082/H
S X5/115/H
S X6/140/H
S X6/190/H
S X7/250/H
S X7/380/H
Litres/
rev
0.05
0.07
0.128
0.181
0.266
0.35
0.46
0.63
0.82
1.15
1.40
1.90
2.50
3.80
U K gall/
100 rev
1.11
1.54
2.82
3.98
5.85
7.70
10.12
13.86
18.04
25.30
30.80
41.80
55.00
83.60
U S gall/
100 rev
1.32
1.85
3.38
4.78
7.03
9.25
12.15
16.65
21.67
30.38
36.99
50.20
66.05
100.40
bar
12
7
15
7
15
7
15
10
15
10
15
10
15
10
psig
175
100
215
100
215
100
215
145
215
145
215
145
215
145
rev/m in
1400
1400
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
600
600
500
500
500
500
1 11 11
2 22 22
3 33 33
4 44 44
5 55 55
6 66 66
7 77 77
H - Vertical Port (EH ED G approved)
U - U niversal m ounting (not EH ED G approved)
a | |t \ . 1 . 1 |
t 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t
| a m j M a It ria |s t I | t r sIra t Iit r
5 . Pump Materials of Construc tion
5.1 M ain C om ponents
Pum ps today can be m anufactured from a num ber of different
m aterials dependent upon the product being pum ped and its
environm ent.
For Alfa Laval pum p ranges this is generally stainless steel and can be
split into tw o m ain categories:
Product W etted Parts
(i.e. M etallic and elastom eric parts in contact w ith the fluid
being pum ped).
N on-product W etted Parts
(i.e. M etallic and elastom eric parts not in contact w ith the fluid
being pum ped).
| t r IriIa ] a | a r 1 | i| a i1 | ir ] | a m j s
a | |t ! . a
This section describes the m aterials, both m etallic and
elastom eric, that are used in the construction of Alfa Laval
pum p ranges.
| i] . ! . a | t r IriIa ] a | j a m j
Casing
Shroud
Adaptor
M a ir | a m j | t m j t r t r I | rt 1 a t I wt IIt 1 | a rIs K t r -j rt 1 a t I wt IIt 1 | a rIs
Adaptor AISI 304 or Werkstoff 1.4301
Backplate AISI 316L or Werkstoff 1.4404
Impeller AISI 316L or Werkstoff 1.4404
Pump Casing AISI 316L or Werkstoff 1.4404
Pump Shaft AISI 316L or Werkstoff 1.4404
Shroud and Legs AISI 304 or Werkstoff 1.4301
t I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
For description of elastom ers used see 5.3.
For m echanical seal com ponents see 6.1.
| t Ia r |t | t j a m j s
a | |t ! . |
| i] . ! . | | t Ia r |t | t j a m j
Rotorcase cover
Rotorcase
Product seal area
Ports
Gearbox
Drive shaft
M a ir | a m j | | M t 1 t |s X M t 1 t |s
| t m j t r tr I M t Ia ||it | rt 1 a t I M t Ia ||it K t r -j rt 1 a t I M t Ia ||it | rt 1 a t I M t Ia ||it K t r -j rt 1 a t I
wt IIt 1 | a rIs wt IIt 1 | a rIs wt IIt 1 | a rIs wt IIt 1 | a rIs
Gearcase BS EN 1561:1977 BS EN 1561:1977
grade 250 cast iron grade 250 cast iron
Rotor Werkstoff 1.4404 or BS EN 10088-3:1995
316L, Non-galling grade 1.4404 or 316L
alloy or rubber covered
Rotorcase BS 3100:1991 316 C12 BS3100:1991 316 C12
or 316L or 316L
or BS EN10088-3:1995
grade 1.4404
Rotorcase Cover BS3100:1991 316 C12 BS3100:1991 316 C12
or 316L or 316L
or BS EN10088-3:1995 or BS EN10088-3:1995
grade 1.4404 grade 1.4404
Shaft BS EN10088-3:1995 Duplex stainless steel
grade 1.4404 or 316L (AISI 329 or
or duplex stainless steel BS EN10088-3:1995
(AISI 329 or grade 1.4462)
BS EN10088-3:1995
grade 1.4462)
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t 1
5.2 Steel Surfaces
The standardm achined surface finish on pum ps can be enhanced by
the follow ing m ethods:
R um bling.
Shot blasting.
Electropolishing.
M echanical (H and) polishing.
| a m | |ir ]
This is achieved by vibrating the pum p com ponents w ith abrasive
particulate such as stones and steel balls.
| t I| |a s Iir ]
This m ethod involves blasting finished com ponents w ith sm all m etallic
particles at great force to achieve the surface finish required. For
Alfa Laval centrifugal stainless steel pum p com ponents, fine particles
of stainless steel are used in this process to avoid contam ination.
| |t t Irt j t |is | ir ]
This is an electro-chem ical process in w hich the stainless steel
com ponent is im m ersed into a chem ical bath and subjected to an
electrical current. A controlled am ount of m etal is rem oved from all
surfaces evenly. The appearance is Sem i bright.
M t t | a r it a | 1 a r 1 j t |is| ir ]
This is required w hen it is necessary to im prove the surface finish
beyond that achieved by electropolishing only i.e. a M irror finish.
It typically involves:
Fine grinding using felt and com pound.
B rushing using bristle brushes and com pound to rem ove any
cutting m arks left from fine grinding, and to reach any
aw kw ard areas.
Polishing using m ops and com pound to obtain a m irror
polished effect.
a rIa t t Iir is| t I j rt 1 a t I
t IIt 1 sIt t | t t m j t r t r Is | a s
| t t t m t a m a }t r Ia t It r ir I| t
It t 1 , j | a rm a t t a Iit a | a r 1
| it It t | r t |t ] ir 1 a sIrit s
| t rt | ] it r t a r 1
t |t a r a | i|iI a rt t I j a ra m t a r I
im j t rIa r t t .
t \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
a rIa t t | t a ] | r t ss
The m ost com m only used surface roughness m easurem ent is R a and
is defined as the arithm etic m ean of the absolute value of the
deviation of the profile from the m ean line. R a is m easured in m icron
(m ). The surface roughness can alternatively be specified by a G rit
value. The G rit value specifies the grain size of the coating of the
grinding tool used.
The approxim ate connection betw een the R a value and the G rit value
is as follow s:
R a = 0.8 m (32 R a) 150 G rit (3A standard).
R a = 1.6 m (64 R a) 100 G rit.
Alfa Laval C entrifugal and Liquid R ing pum ps supplied in the U SA have
all product w etted surfaces and external exposed surfaces to 0.8 R a.
For Alfa Laval Stainless Steel R otary Lobe Pum ps the surface
roughness on product w etted parts such as rotors, rotorcase, rotor
nuts and rotorcase covers is as follow s:
Standard - 0.8 R a
Electropolishing - 0.8 R a
M echanical (H and) - 0.5 R a
| t r k |Ia | a ta | | t r IriIa ] a | a r 1 | i| a i1 | ir ] | a m j s st t Ia | |t | t |t .
a | |t ! . I a
| i] . ! . I a a rIa t t rt a ] | r t ss
| a m j sa rIa t t s Ia r 1 a r1 sa rIa t t 1 j Iit r a | sa rIa t t 1 j Iit r a | sa rIa t t
rt a ] | r t ss | a m m rt a ] | r t ss 1 k Iir is| rt a ] | r t ss 1 k Iir is|
| | a m | |ir ] m t I| t 1 | a m m | M t t | a r it a | | a m m | s| t I
1 a r 1 m t I| t 1 | |a sIir ] 1 a r 1 t r
| |t t Irt j t |is| t 1
Product wetted surfaces < 1.6 (64 Ra) < 0.8 (32 Ra) < 0.5 (20 Ra)
External exposed surfaces < 1.6 (64 Ra) < 1.6 (64 Ra) < 1.6 (64 Ra)
Cast surfaces < 3.2 (125 Ra) 3.2 (125 Ra) 3.2 (125 Ra)
Other surfaces 6.3 (250 Ra) 6.3 (250 Ra) 6.3 (250 Ra)
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t !
5.3 Elastom ers
Alfa Laval pum p ranges incorporate elastom ers of different m aterial
and characteristics dependent upon application w ithin the pum p and
the fluid being pum ped.
Various elastom er types are specified below . It is difficult to predict
the lifetim e of elastom ers as they w ill be affected by m any factors,
e.g. chem ical attack, tem perature, m echanical w ear etc.
The tem perature range lim itations given below are dependent upon
the fluid being pum ped. To verify satisfactory operation at these lim its
please consult Alfa Laval.
K | | K iIri|t
Available as O -rings or Q uad-rings (depending on pum p type).
U sed as static or dynam ic seals.
R esistant to m ost hydrocarbons, e.g. oil and grease.
Sufficiently resistant to diluted lye and diluted nitric acid.
Tem perature range - m inus 40C m in to 100C m ax.
(m inus 40
o
F to 212
o
F m ax.).
Is attacked by ozone.
| | | M | I| |t r t | rt j |t r t
R esistant to m ost products used w ithin the food industry.
R esistant to ozone and radiation.
(m inus 40
o
F to 302
o
F m ax.).
N ot resistant to organic and non-organic oils and fats.
| | M | |a t rir a It 1 ra | | t r
- a |It rr a Iitt | | r t r a s ViIt r
O ften used w hen other rubber qualities are unsuitable.
R esistant to m ost chem icals and ozone.
(m inus 4
o
F to 392
o
F m ax.).
N ot suitable for fluids such as w ater, steam , lye, acid and
alcohols being pum ped hot.
k st |t t Iit r ] a i1 t is s| t r ir
st t Iit r \ . 1 .
t t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| | | | t |It Ira I|a t rt | I| |t r t
C an be used as coverfor O -ring seals of EPD M
(i.e. encapsulated).
R esistant to ozone.
R esistant to alm ost all products.
(m inus 22
o
F to 392
o
F m ax.).
N ot elastic, tendency to com pression set.
M V i|it t r t
R esistant to ozone, alcohols, glycols and m ost products
used w ithin food industry.
(m inus 58
o
F to 446
o
F m ax.).
N ot resistant to steam , inorganic acids, m ineral oils, or m ost
organic solvents.
| | | | |a t rir a It 1 | I| |t r t | rt j |t r t
FEP covered (vulcanised) FPM or M VQ O -rings.
Suitable for tem peratures up to approx. 200C (392
o
F).
M ore elastic than PTFE covered EPD M .
| a |rt t | t rI|a t rt t |a sIt m t r
Tem perature range m inus 20C m in to 250C m ax.
(m inus 4F to 482F m ax.).
Elastic.
| | t m ra t | t rI|a rt t |a sIt m t r
Tem perature range m inus 30C m in to 250C m ax.
(m inus 22F to 482F m ax.).
Elastic.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t I
| a m j st a |ir ]
6 . Pump Sealing
This section covers the shaft sealing devices used on Alfa Laval
C entrifugal, Liquid R ing and R otary Lobe Pum ps. In addition to shaft
seals, other proprietary seals not detailed in this section, such as
o-rings and lip seals can be found on the pum phead and gearcase.
k | a m j is t r | a s ] t t 1 a s iI s s| a II st a |
A successful pum p application largely depends upon the selection
and application of suitable fluid sealing devices. Just as w e know that
there is no single pum p that can em brace the diverse range of fluids
and applications w hilst m eeting individual m arket requirem ents and
legislations, the sam e can be said of fluid sealing devices. This is
clearly illustrated by the large range of shaft seal arrangem ents, both
m echanical and packed gland, that are available to the pum p
m anufacturer.
Shaft sealing devices used in Alfa Laval C entrifugal, Liquid R ing and
R otary Lobe pum ps include:
M echanical Seals (see 6.2).
- Single externally m ounted.
- Single internally m ounted.
- Single externally m ounted for external flush.
- Single internally m ounted for product recirculation or
external flush.
- D ouble back to backw ith the inboard seal externally
m ounted for flush.
Packed G lands (see 6.3).
- B oth w ith and w ithout lantern rings for flush.
This section describes the principle of pum p sealing and illustrates the different
sealing arrangem ents used on Alfa Laval pum p ranges. A general seal selection
guide is included, together w ith various operating param eters.
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
C entrifugal and Liquid R ing pum ps only have one shaft seal w hereas
R otary Lobe pum ps em ploy a m inim um of tw o shaft seals (one per
shaft). G enerally all shaft seals are under pressure w ith the pressure
gradient across the seal being from pum ped fluid to atm osphere. The
exceptions w ill be single internally m ounted or double seals w here the
product recirculation (single internally m ounted only) or flush pressure
is greater than the pum p pressure, resulting in the pressure gradient
being reversed.
M echanical seals m eet the m ajority of application dem ands and of
these, single and single flushed seals are m ost frequently specified.
The application of double m echanical seals is increasing to m eet both
process dem ands for higher sanitary standards and legislation
requirem ents, particularly those related to em issions.
The m ajority of proprietary m echanical seals available from seal
m anufacturers have been designed for single shaft pum p concepts,
such as C entrifugal and Liquid R ing pum ps. These pum p types do not
im pose any radial or axial constraints on seal design. H ow ever on
R otary Lobe type pum ps the need to m inim ise the shaft extension
beyond the front bearing places significant axial constraints. If this
w ere extended, the shaft diam eter w ould increase introducing a radial
constraint - because shafts on a rotary lobe pum p are in the sam e
plane, the m axim um diam eter of the seal m ust be less than the shaft
centres. M ost designs therefore can only accom m odate bespokeor
custom isedseal design. This is not done to take any com m ercial
advantage but it is as a consequence of the rotary lobe pum p design
concept.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t 1
| a m j st a |ir ]
Selection of shaft seals is influenced by m any variables:
Shaft diam eter and speed
Fluid to be pum ped
Tem perature - effect on m aterials?
- can interface film be m aintained?
Viscosity - drag on seal faces?
- clogging of seal restricting m ovem ent?
- can interface film be established and
m aintained?
- stiction at seal faces?
Fluid behaviour - does product shear, thin, thicken or
w ork- balling/carbonise?
m aintained?
Solids - size?
- abrasiveness?
- density?
- clogging of seal restricting m ovem ent?
m aintained?
Therm al stability - w hat, if any change?
Air reacting - w hat, if any change?
Pressure - w ithin seal lim its?
- fluctuations?
- peaks/spikes?
- cavitation?
Services - flush?
- pressure?
- tem perature?
- continuity?
H ealth and Safety - toxic?
- flam m able?
- explosive?
- corrosive?
- irritant?
- carcinogenic?
| t rt is t IIt r m t rt I| a r t r t
st |a Iit r a r 1 st m t Iim t s r t
i1 t a | st |a Iit r , I| t rt It rt a
t t m j rt m ist m a | a tt It | t
t t r si1 t rt 1 .
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
6.1 M echanical Seals - G eneral
M echanical seals are designed for m inim al leakage and represent the
m ajority of C entrifugal, Liquid R ing and R otary Lobe pum p sealing
arrangem ents.
M echanical seal selection m ust consider:
The m aterials of seal construction, particularly the sealing
faces and elastom ers.
The m ounting attitude to provide the m ost favourable
environm ent for the seal.
The geom etry w ithin w hich it is to be m ounted.
A m echanical seal typically com prises:
A prim ary seal, com prising stationary and rotary seal rings.
Tw o secondary seals, one for each of the stationary and
rotary seal rings.
A m ethod of preventing the stationary seal ring from rotating.
A m ethod of keeping the stationary and rotary seal rings
together w hen they are not hydraulically loaded i.e. w hen
pum p is stopped.
A m ethod of fixing and m aintaining the w orking length.
| t | rim a r t a |
C om prises tw o flat faces, one rotating and one stationary, w hich
support a fluid film , thus m inim ising heat generation and subsequent
m echanical dam age.
C om m only used m aterial com binations are:
C arbon - Stainless Steel
C arbon - Silicon C arbide
C arbon - Tungsten C arbide
Silicon C arbide - Silicon C arbide
Tungsten C arbide - Tungsten C arbide
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
| a m j st a |ir ]
C
a
r
b
o
n
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

S
t
e
e
l
S
i
l
i
c
o
n

C
a
r
b
i
d
e
T
u
n
g
s
t
e
n

C
a
r
b
i
d
e
C
a
r
b
o
n
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

S
t
e
e
l
S
i
l
i
c
o
n

C
a
r
b
i
d
e
T
u
n
g
s
t
e
n

C
a
r
b
i
d
e
N
B
R
E
P
D
M
F
P
M
P
T
F
E
M
V
Q
F
E
P
| t t t t r 1 a r t a |
This is required to provide a seal betw een the prim ary seal rings and
the com ponents w ith w hich they interface. Also it can provide a
cushion m ounting for the seat ring to reduce any effects of m echanical
stress i.e. shock loads.
Types of secondary seal are:
O -rings C ups G askets W edges
For Alfa Laval pum p ranges the o-ring is the m ost com m on type of
secondary seal used. Its sim ple and versatile concept is enhanced
w ith the follow ing com prehensive m aterial options:
N B R EPD M FPM PTFE M VQ FEP Kalrez C hem raz
These are fully described in section 5.3.
Ia Iit r a r t a | | ir ] k r Ii-| t Ia Iit r
Ideally the selected device listed below w ill also allow for axial
resilience.
Flats Pins Elastom er resilience Press fit C lam ps
| t Ia r t a | | ir ] | ritt
Ideally the selected device listed below w ill allow for a degree of axial
m ovem ent.
Spring B ellow s Physical positioning Elastom er resilience
M t t | a r it a | t a | | a t t I 1 | ir ] M a It ria | k ta i|a | i|iI
a | |t t . a
| t Ia r Ia Iit r a r
t a | | a t t t a | | a t t t a | 1 | ir ]
| a m j j t | a m j | a r ] t
Centrifugal/ LKH ! ! ! ! ! ! !
Liquid ring LKH-Multistage ! ! ! ! ! ! !
LKHP-High Pressure ! ! ! ! ! !
LKHSP ! ! ! ! ! !
LKHI ! ! ! ! ! !
LKH-Ultra Pure ! ! ! !
MR ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
Rotary Lobe SRU ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
SX (see note) ! ! ! ! ! ! !
Note: SX1 pump has tungsten carbide seal faces, not silicon carbide seal faces.
| a m j st a |ir ]
wt r| ir ] | t r ] I|
The ideal design should elim inate/m inim ise possibilities for error by
incorporating:
Physical position i.e. step on shaft G rub screw s
| rir t ij |t t I M t t | a r it a | t a | 1 j t ra Iit r
The function of the assem bly is a com bination of the extrem e prim ary
seal face flatness and applied spring force. O nce the pum p is
operational, hydraulic fluid forces com bine w ith seal design features
i.e. balance, w hich push the seal faces together. This reduces the fluid
interface thickness to a m inim um w hilst increasing pressure drop,
therefore m inim ising pum ped fluid leakage.
| i] . t . t | rir t ij |t t I m t t | a r it a | st a |
t j traIit r
Interface film
1 r t t I I| t m a ir t a a st s t I
st a | Ia i|a rt is It r I| t st a |
t r| ir ] |t r ] I| r t I | t ir ]
t t rrt t I| m a ir Ia ir t 1 .
| It m | tstrij Iit r
1 Stationary seal ring O-ring
2 Stationary seal ring
3 Rotary seal ring
4 Rotary seal ring O-ring
5 Wave spring
6 Drive ring
7 Grub screw
| i] . t . a j it a | sir ] |t m t t | a r it a | st a |
a st 1 ir rt Ia r |t | t j a m j s
| i] . t . | j it a | sir ] |t m t t | a r it a | st a |
a st 1 ir t t r IriIa ] a | j a m j s
3
2
4
1
Pump shaft
5
Drive ring
Impeller
2 Rotary seal ring
3 Spring
O-ring
wt r| ir ] |t r ] I|
I
Aprox. 1 m
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
| a m j st a |ir ]
The gap betw een the seal ring surfaces is enlarged to clarify the
principle of m echanical sealing.
M t t | a r it a | t a | M t a r Iir ]
M ost m echanical seals can be m ounted externally or internally.
| t It rr a | M t t | a r it a | t a |s
The m ajority of m echanical seals used on Alfa Laval pum p ranges are
m ounted externally, m eaning that all the rotating parts of the
m echanical seal (i.e. part of the rotary seal ring, spring, drive ring etc)
are not in contact w ith the fluid to be pum ped. The externally
m ounted m echanical seal is considered easy to clean, as only the
inside of the stationary and rotary seal rings and their associated
o-rings are in contact w ith the fluid being pum ped. The R 00 type
m echanical seals used on the SX rotary lobe pum p range, described
in 6.2, are an exception to this, as it is the outside and not the inside
of the seal com ponents that is in contact w ith the fluid being pum ped.
Externally m ounted seals have a low er pressure rating than the
equivalent seal m ounted internally.
| i] . t . t j it a | t t It rr a | s| a II st a |
Spring force
Fluid
pressure
Rotating seal ring
Stationary
seal ring
| i] . t . 1 | rir t ij |t t I m t t | a r it a | st a |
t j traIit r
Rotating parts
Fluid
I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
| r It rr a | M t t | a r it a | t a |s
Som e m echanical seals are m ounted internally, m eaning that m ost of
the rotating parts are in contact w ith the fluid being pum ped. The
internal m echanical seal is designed w ith sufficient clearance around
the rotating parts so that it can be cleaned as efficiently as possible
and can w ithstand relatively high fluid pressures.
For the Alfa Laval pum p ranges, both the externally and internally
m ounted types of m echanical seal are available as single and single
flushed versions. The externally m ounted m echanical seal on
Alfa Laval pum p ranges is also available as a double flushed
m echanical seal for som e pum p m odels. The typical single, single
flushed and double flushed m echanical seal arrangem ents are
described as follow s:
ir ] |t M t t | a r it a | t a |
This is the sim plest shaft seal version, w hich has already been
described previously in this section. This seal arrangem ent is generally
used for fluids that do not solidify or crystallise in contact w ith the
atm osphere and other non-hazardous duties. For satisfactory
operation it is im perative the seal is not subjected to pressures
exceeding the m axim um rated pressure of the pum p. Also the pum p
m ust not be allow ed to run dry, thus avoiding dam age to the seal
faces, w hich m ay cause excessive seal leakage.
Typical applications are listed below , but full product/fluid and
perform ance data m ust be referred to the seal supplier for verification.
Alcohol Anim al Fat Aviation Fuel B eer D airy C ream s
Fish O il Fruit Juice Liquid Egg M ilk Sham poo
Solvents Vegetable O il W ater Yoghurt
| i] . t . I j it a | ir It rr a | s| a II st a |
Rotating parts
Fluid
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I !
| a m j st a |ir ]
ir ] |t | |a s| t 1 M t t | a r it a | t a |
The definition of flushis to provide a liquid barrier or support to the
selected seal arrangem ent. This seal arrangem ent is generally used
for any of the follow ing conditions:
w here the fluid being pum ped can coagulate, solidify or
crystallise w hen in contact w ith the atm osphere.
w hen cooling of the seals is necessary dependent upon the
fluid pum ping tem perature.
This seal arrangem ent used on externally m ounted seals requires the
supply of liquid to the atm ospheric side of the m echanical seal to flush
the seal area. The characteristics of the fluid being pum ped and the
duty conditions w ill norm ally determ ine if a flush is necessary. W hen
selecting a flushing liquid you m ust ensure that it is chem ically
com patible w ith the relevant m aterials of pum p/seal construction and
fully com patible w ith the fluid being pum ped. C onsideration should be
given to any tem perature lim itations that m ay apply to the flushing
liquid to ensure that hazards are not created (i.e. explosion, fire, etc).
The flushing liquid is allow ed to enter the seal housing at low pressure
i.e. 0.5 bar m ax (7 psi m ax) to act as a barrier.
This m ost basic flush system , som etim es referred to as quench,
provides liquid to the atm osphere side of the m echanical seal thereby
flushing aw ay any product leakage. For the m ajority of pum p m odels
the flushed seal com prises the sam e stationary and rotating parts as
the single seal, w ith the addition of a seal housing having a flushing
connection and/or flushing tubes and a lip seal.
| i] . t . ] j it a | t t It rr a || m t a r It 1
sir ] |t I|a s| t 1 m t t | a r it a | st a | a st 1 ir
rt Ia r |t | t j a m j s
3 Rotary seal ring
5 Wave spring
6 Drive ring
7 Spacer O-ring
8 Spacer
9 Gasket
10 Seal housing
11 Lip seal
12 Grub screw
I
| a m j st a |ir ]
Adhesive C aram el D etergent Fruit Juice C oncentrate G elatine
Jam Latex Paint Sugar Syrup Toothpaste Yeast
| t a | |t | |a s| t 1 M t t | a r it a | t a |
This seal arrangem ent is generally used w ith hostile m edia conditions
i.e. high viscosity, fluid is hazardous or toxic. The double flushed seal
used on Alfa Laval pum p ranges is basically tw o single m echanical
seals m ounted back to back. This seal generally com prises the
sam e stationary and rotating parts as the single seal for the m ajority
of pum p m odels, w ith the addition of a seal housing having a flushing
connection and/or flushing tubes (dependent upon pum p type). A
com patible flushing liquid is pressurised into the seal housing at a
pressure of 1 bar (14 psi) m inim um above the discharge pressure of
the pum p. This results in the interface film being the flushing liquid and
not the pum ped liquid. Special attention is required in selecting seal
faces and elastom ers.
The arrangem ent in contact w ith the pum ped fluid is referred to as the
inboard seal, and the seal em ployed for the flushing liquid is referred
to as the outboard seal. For Alfa Laval C entrifugal pum ps the design
of the outboard seal differs to the inboard seal.
| i] . t . | j it a | t t It rr a || m t a r It 1
sir ] |t I|a s| t 1 m t t | a r it a | st a | a st 1 ir
t t r IriIa ] a | j a m j s
1 Seal housing
2 Lip seal
3 Flushing tubes
| i] . t . i j it a | 1 t a | |t I|a s| t 1
m t t | a r it a | st a | a st 1 ir rt Ia r |t | t
j a m j s
3 Rotary seal ring
5 Wave spring
6 Drive ring
7 Wave spring
9 Rotary seal ring
11 Gasket
13 Seal housing
14 Grub screw
| t It rt a st
| t a rt a st
\
| a m j st a |ir ]
| i] . t . } j it a | 1 t a | |t I|a s| t 1
m t t | a r it a | st a | a st 1 ir t t r IriIa ] a |
j a m j s
1 Seal housing
2 Flushing tubes
4 Rotary seal ring
a | |t t . |
a | |t t . t
Abrasive Slurries C hocolate G lucose H azardous C hem icals
PVC Paste Photographic Em ulsion R esin
| t r t ra | t a | | a t t 1 j t ra Iir ] | a ra m t It rs
Tables below show general param eters regarding viscosity and
tem perature, w hich should be noted w hen selecting a m echanical
seal.
Vist t siI t a | | a t t | t m | ir a Iit r
up to 4999 cP Solid Carbon v Stainless Steel
Solid Carbon v Silicon Carbide
Solid Carbon v Tungsten Carbide
up to 24999 cP Inserted Carbon v Stainless Steel
Inserted Carbon v Silicon Carbide
Inserted Carbon v Tungsten Carbide
up to 149999 cP Silicon Carbide v Silicon Carbide
Tungsten Carbide v Tungsten Carbide
above 150000 cP Consider Double Seals
t m j t ra Ia rt t a | | a t t | t m | ir a Iit r
up to 150C (302
o
F) Inserted Carbon v Stainless Steel
Silicon Carbide v Silicon Carbide
Tungsten Carbide v Tungsten Carbide
up to 200C (392
o
F) Solid Carbon v Stainless Steel
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
| |a s| ir ] | ij t t r| | a t a I
The suggested arrangem ent below is for single m echanical seals only.
If the pum p is fitted w ith double m echanical seals or packed glands
the pressure gauges and control valves should be fitted on the outlet
side of the system . The choice of flushing liquid is dependent upon
com patibility w ith the pum ping m edia and overall duty conditions i.e.
pressure and tem perature. U sually w ater is used for cooling and any
w ater soluble products.
| i] . t . | j it a | I|a s| ir ] j ij t t r|
|a t a I It r a rt Ia r |t | t j a m j
| i] . t . | j it a | I|a s| ir ] j ij t t r| |a t a I
It r a t t r IriIa ] a | j a m j
*Pressure gauge
*Control valve
Suggested visible
indication of flow
Flush outlet to waste
Pressure gauge
Control valve
Flush inlet
Check valve
Isolation valve
* Double mechanical seal only
Inlet
Free outlet
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
| a m j st a |ir ]
M t t | a r it a | t a | t |t t Iit r | rt t t ss
The illustration below describes the m echanical seal selection process
w ith relevant questions to be answ ered.
| i] . t . m t a | st |t t Iit r j rt t t ss
| is s| t a |1 | t a st 1 It r
] a i1 a r t t j a rj t st s t r |, a s
a t Ia a | st a | st |t t Iit r s s| t a |1
| t tt riIit 1 | I| t st a |
sa j j |it rs.
O btain all Product/Fluid
and Perform ance data
Select Seal Type
- D oes fluid crystallise?
- Is cooling required?
- W ill pum p run dry?
- Is aseptic barrier
required?
- Is fluid hazardous?
- Is fluid abrasive?
- Is fluid viscosity high?
- Is tem perature high?
- Is aseptic barrier
required?
U se Single Seal
Select Seal M aterials
Select Seal Faces
- C heck viscosity
lim itations (see table
6.1b).
- C heck tem perature
lim itations (see table
6.1c).
- Is fluid abrasive?
- C heck chem ical
com patibility.
Select Elastom ers
- C heck elastom er
com patibility (see
guide in section
14.10).
- C heck tem perature
lim itations.
U se Single Flushed Seal
U se D ouble Flushed Seal
Yes
Yes
N o
N o
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
6.2 M echanical Seal Types in Alfa Laval
Pum p R anges
| 1 1 j t M t t | a r it a | t a |s
The basic w orking principles of the R 90 type m echanical seals have
previously been referred to in 6.1.
1 t |t a r j t M t t | a r it a | t a |s
This seal arrangem ent is generally used for food and other hygienic
applications. The design of this seal incorporates a self-cleaning
feature.
t a | 1 j Iit r k ta i|a | i|iI It r | t r IriIa ] a | a r 1 | i| a i1 | ir ] | a m j s
a | |t t . I a
t a | 1 j Iit r k ta i|a | i|iI It r | t Ia r | t | t | a m j s
a | |t t . I |
| a m j | a r ] t | tIt rr a | M t a r Iir ] |r It rr a | M t a r Iir ]
ir ] |t ir ] |t | |a s| t 1 | t a | |t | |a s| t 1 ir ] |t ir ] |t | |a s| t 1
LKH ! ! !
LKH-Multistage ! !
LKHP ! !
LKHSP ! ! !
LKHI ! !
LKH-UltraPure ! !
MR-166S, -200S !
MR-300 !
M t t | a r it a | t a | j t t a | K a m t | a m j | a r ] t
| | X
Single externally mounted R90 !
R00 !
Hyclean !
Single flushed externally mounted R90 !
R00 !
Hyclean !
Single flushed internally mounted R90 !
Double flushed R90 !
R00 !
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
| 1 1 j t M t t | a r it a | t a |s
The R 00 type m echanical seals specifically designed for the SX rotary
lobe pum p range are fully front loading seals and fully interchangeable
w ithout the need for additional housings or pum p com ponent
changes. Specialised seal setting of the m echanical seal is not
required as the seal is dim ensionally set on assem bly. Seal faces
positioned in the fluid area m inim ise shear forces. All seals have
controlled com pression joint elastom ers at fluid/atm osphere
interfaces.
| i] . t . I a 1 t |t a r sir ] |t m t t | a r it a | st a |
1 Rotorcase O-ring
2 Wave Spring
3 Shaft O-ring
4 Stationary Seal Ring
5 Rotary Seal Ring
6 Washer
7 Clip
| i] . t . I | X j a m j | t a 1 st a |ir ]
| i] . t . I t | 1 1 sir ] |t m t t | a r it a | st a |
1 Wave Spring
2 Squad Ring
3 Rotary Seal Ring
4 Cup Seal
5 Stationary Seal Ring
| rt r I t t tt r
t t m j rt ssit r }t ir I
| a j st a |
j |ir t st a |ir ]
t a j st a |
| a a 1 rir ]
I
5
1 2 3
4
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
6.3 O ther Sealing O ptions (R otary Lobe
Pum ps only)
| a t | t 1 | |a r 1
The grade of packing used depends on the product being handled
and operating conditions. W hen packed glands are specified, using
polyam ide or PTFE packings w ill satisfy the m ajority of duties.
Provided the liquid being sealed contains no abrasive particles or
does not crystallise, gland packings w ill function satisfactorily on plain
stainless steel shafts or renew able stainless steel shaft sleeves. In
instances of m oderately abrasive fluids, such as brine solutions being
handled, the pum ps should be fitted w ith hard coated shaft sleeves,
w hich m ay be easily replaced w hen w orn. Pum ps provided w ith a
packed gland seal are norm ally fitted w ith rubber slingers m ounted
betw een the gland follow ers and the gearcase front lip seals. The
slingers w ill reduce the possibility of the product contacting the
gearcase lip seals, thereby overcom ing any undesirable operating
conditions that could arise in this area. W hen correctly assem bled and
adjusted, a slight loss of product should occur so as to lubricate the
packing and shaft or sleeve, if fitted.
This seal arrangem ent is available on all SR U pum p m odels.
| a t | t 1 | |a r 1 iI| | a r It rr | ir ]
W ith fluids containing very abrasive particles or fluids that w ill
coagulate, solidify or crystallise in contact w ith the atm osphere, a
packed gland w ith lantern ring m ay be used. In such circum stances a
com patible liquid is supplied to the cham ber form ed by the lantern
ring at a pressure of at least 1 bar (14 psi) above the pum p pressure.
The function of this liquid is to prevent, or at least inhibit, the entry of
abrasives into the very sm all clearances betw een the shaft and
packing. In the case of liquids w hich coagulate, solidify or crystallise in
contact w ith the atm osphere the flushing liquid acts as a dilutant and
barrier in the gland area preventing the pum ped fluid from com ing in
contact w ith the atm osphere.
| is is a sim j |t , |t t t sI, a r 1
t a s It m a ir Ia ir t t r Irt ||t 1
|t a | a ] t st a |ir ] a rra r ] t m t r I.
| t st a rt sj t t iIit 1 It r m a r
1 irI a j j |it a Iit r s, | a I | t r
j t ssi| |t , s| t a |1 a |a s | t
a tt i1 t 1 It r sa r iIa r 1 a Iit s, a s
I| t a rt |t ss | ] it r it I| a r
m t t | a r it a | st a |s.
| i] . t . 1 a | a t | t 1 ] |a r 1
1 Shaft sleeve O-ring
2 Shaft sleeve
3 Spacer
4 Packing rings
5 Gasket
6 Gland housing
7 Gland follower
8 Ring slinger
9 Grub screw
1
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j st a |ir ]
A disadvantage w ith this seal arrangem ent is that the flushing liquid
w ill pass into the product causing a relatively sm all degree of dilution/
contam ination, w hich cannot alw ays be accepted.
In com m on w ith all packed gland assem blies slight leakage m ust
occur but in this instance it w ill basically be a loss of flushing liquid as
opposed to product being pum ped.
This seal arrangem ent is available on all SR U pum p m odels.
| i] . t . 1 | | a t | t 1 ] |a r 1 iI| |a r It rr rir ]
1 Shaft sleeve O-ring
2 Shaft sleeve
3 Spacer
4 Packing rings
5 Lantern ring
6 Gasket
7 Gland housing
8 Gland follower
9 Ring slinger
10 Grub screw
1
\ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j st a |ir ]
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
| a m j itir ]
7 . Pump Sizing
7.1 G eneral Inform ation R equired
In order to correctly size any type of pum p som e essential
inform ation is required as follow s:
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 | a Ia
Fluid to be pum ped.
Viscosity.
SG /D ensity.
Pum ping tem perature.
Vapour pressure.
Solids content (m ax. size and concentration).
Fluid behaviour (i.e. N ew tonian or Pseudoplastic etc.).
Is product hazardous or toxic?
D oes fluid crystallise in contact w ith atm osphere?
Is C IP required?
| t rIt rm a r t t | a Ia
C apacity (Flow rate).
D ischarge head/pressure.
Suction condition (flooded or suction lift).
iIt t rtit t s | a Ia
Pow er source (electric, air, diesel, petrol or hydraulic).
If electric - m otor enclosure and electrical supply.
Seal flushing fluid.
In an ideal situation all the above criteria should be know n before
sizing a pum p - how ever, in m any instances not all of this inform ation
is know n and m ade available. In such cases to com plete the sizing
process, som e assum ptions m ay need to be m ade based upon
application know ledge, experience etc. These should be subsequently
confirm ed, as they could be critical to satisfactory installation and
operation.
t t st t Iit r I It r 1 t Ia i|t 1
1 t st rij Iit r s t I | rt 1 a t II| |a i1
1 a Ia a r 1 | t rIt rm a r t t 1 a Ia .
This section show s how to size an Alfa Laval pum p from product/
fluid and perform ance data given, supported by relevant calculations
and w orked exam ples w ith a sim ple step by step approach.
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
7.2 Pow er
All of the system energy requirem ents and the energy losses in the
pum p m ust be supplied by a prim e m over in the form of m echanical
energy. The rate of energy input needed is defined as pow er and is
expressed in w atts (W ) - for practical purposes, pow er w ithin this
handbook is expressed in kilow atts (kW ), i.e. w atts x 10.
I . I . 1 1 ra a |it | t t r
The theoretical energy required to pum p a given quantity of fluid
against a given total head is know n as hydraulic pow er, hydraulic
horse pow er or w ater horse pow er.
This can be calculated as follow s:
H ydraulic Pow er (W ) = Q x H x x g
w here: Q = capacity (m
3
/s)
H = total head/pressure (m )
= fluid density (kg/m )
g = acceleration due to gravity (m /s
2
)
O ther form s of this equation can be as follow s:
H ydraulic Pow er (kW )= Q x H
k
w here: Q = capacity
H = total head/pressure
k = constant (dependent upon units used)
Therefore
H ydraulic Pow er (kW )= Q x H
k
w here: Q = capacity (l/m in)
H = total head/pressure (bar)
k = 600
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
| a m j itir ]
or
H ydraulic Pow er (hp) = Q x H
k
w here: Q = capacity (U S gall/m in)
H = total head/pressure (psi)
k = 1715
or
H ydraulic Pow er (hp) = Q x H
k
w here: Q = capacity (U K gall/m in)
H = total head/pressure (psi)
k = 1428
I . I . I | t | a irt 1 | t t r
The required pow er or brake horsepow er is the pow er needed at the
pum p shaft. This is alw ays higher than the hydraulic pow er due to
energy losses in the pum p m echanism (friction loss, pressure loss,
seals etc) and is derived from :
R equired Pow er = x T
w here: = shaft angular velocity
T = Shaft Torque
Shaft angular velocity = V x r
And is related to H ydraulic pow er by:
R equired Pow er = H ydraulic Pow er
Efficiency (100% = 1.0)
The appropriate prim e m over pow er m ust be selected. G enerally this
w ill be the nearest prim e m over rated output pow er above the
required pow er.
| i] . I . I . I a | a II a r ] a |a r tist t siI
V =
velocity
r = radius
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
I . I . 1 t r| a t
Torque is defined as the m om ent of force required to produce
rotation and is usually expressed in units of N m (N ew ton m etres),
Kgfm (Kilogram m etres) or ftlb (foot pounds).
Torque can be calculated as follow s:
Torque (N m ) = R equired pow er (kW ) x 9550
Pum p speed (rev/m in)
or
Torque (Kgfm )= R equired pow er (kW ) x 974
or
Torque (ftlb) = R equired pow er (hp) x 5250
It should be noted that rotary lobe pum ps are basically constant
torque m achines and therefore it is im portant that the transm ission
chosen is capable of transm itting the torque required by the pum p.
This is particularly im portant for variable speed drives w hich should
be selected initially on torque rather than pow er.
I . I . \ | IIit it r t
t Ia | | IIit it r t
Total efficiency is typically used on centrifugal and liquid ring pum ps to
describe the relationship betw een input pow er at the pum p shaft and
output pow er in the form of w ater horsepow er. The term m echanical
efficiencycan also be used to describe this ratio. Total efficiency,
designated by sym bol , com prises of three elem ents, H ydraulic
Efficiency (
h
), M echanical Efficiency (
m
) and Volum etric Efficiency (
v
)
w hich are described below :
1 1 ra a |it | IIit it r t
The term hydraulic efficiency is used on centrifugal and liquid ring type
pum ps to describe one of the three elem ents of centrifugal and liquid
ring pum p total efficiency as described above.
w here H ydraulic Efficiency (
h
)= Pum p head loss (m ) x 100%
Total head (m )
The pum p head losses com prise of the shock loss at the eye of the
im peller, friction loss in the im peller blade and circulation loss at the
outlet side of the im peller blades.
| t j t t r rt | a irt m t r Is It r
m t t | a r it a | 1 t tit t s sa t | a s
j a m j s a r 1 j a m j 1 ritt s a rt
| t sI t t j rt sst 1 ir It rm s t I
It r| a t a r 1 sj t t 1 .
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j itir ]
M t t | a r it a | | IIit it r t
This term is used on all centrifugal, liquid ring and rotary lobe pum p
types, and is typically used to describe the losses associated w ith the
transfer of energy from the prim e m over through a m echanical
system to the pum ped liquid.
w here
M echanical Efficiency (
m
)= 1 Pum p m echanical losses x 100%
R equired pow er
Pum p m echanical losses refers to the friction losses associated w ith
bearings, seals and other contacting areas w ithin the pum p.
Vt |a m t Irit | IIit it r t
This term is used on all centrifugal, liquid ring and rotary lobe pum p
types. It is m ost com m only used to com pare the perform ance of a
num ber of pum p types, w here accurate geom etric data is available.
For centrifugal and liquid ring pum ps,
Volum etric Efficiency (
v
) = Q x 100%
Q + Q
L
w here: Q = Pum p capacity.
Q
L
= Fluid losses due to leakage through the
im peller casing clearances.
For rotary lobe pum ps the term volum etric efficiency (
v
) is used to
com pare the displacem ent of the pum p against the capacity of the
pum p. The displacem ent calculation (q) per revolution for rotary lobe
pum ps involves calculating the volum e of the void form ed betw een
the rotating elem ent and the fixed elem ent of the pum p. This is then
m ultiplied by the num ber of voids form ed by a rotating elem ent per
revolution of the pum ps drive shaft and by the num ber of rotors in
the pum p.
For rotary lobe pum ps,
Volum etric Efficiency (
v
) = Q x 100%
q
w here: Q = Pum p capacity.
q = Pum p displacem ent.
1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
R otary lobe pum ps are generally highly efficient and even at viscosity
of 100 cP the volum etric efficiency of m ost pum ps is approxim ately
90% for low pressure duties. At low er viscosities and/or higher
pressures the volum etric efficiency w ill decrease due to slip as
described in 8.6.1. Above 1000 cP, volum etric efficiency can be as
high as 95 - 99% . For these high viscosity duties, to select a pum p
speed the follow ing form ulas can be used as a general guide.
n = Q x 100 w here n = pum p speed (rev/m in)
q x
v
x 60 Q = capacity (m /h)
q = pum p displacem ent (m /100 rev)
v
= vol. efficiency (100% = 1.0)
or
q x
v
Q = capacity (U S gall/m in)
q = pum p displacem ent (U S gall/100 rev)
v
or
q x
v
Q = capacity (U K gall/m in)
q = pum p displacem ent (U K gall/100 rev)
v
| a m j | IIit it r t
The term pum p efficiency is used on all types of pum ps to describe
the ratio of pow er supply to the drive shaft against w ater
horsepow er.
Pum p Efficiency
p
= W ater horse pow er x 100%
R equired pow er
or
Pum p Efficiency
p
= Q x H x x g
x T
w here: Q = capacity (m /s)
H = total head/pressure (m )
= fluid density (kg/m )
g = acceleration due to gravity (m /s)
= shaft angular velocity (rad/s)
T = shaft torque (N m )
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j itir ]
1 tt ra || | IIit it r t
O verall efficiency is a term used to describe and com pare the
perform ance of all types of pum p. O verall efficiency considers the
efficiency of both the prim e m over and the pum p, and is som etim es
know n as the w ire to w ater/liquid efficiency w here the prim e m over is
an electric m otor.
O verall Efficiency
oa
= W ater horse pow er x 100%
D rive pow er
1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
| i] . I . 1 . | | a rtt s It r a r 1 1
7.3 C entrifugal and Liquid R ing Pum ps
I . 1 . | |t | a rtt
A centrifugal or liquid ring pum p should alw ays be sized from a pum p
flow curve or a pum p selection program . M ost pum p flow curves are
based on tests w ith w ater. It is difficult to determ ine general curves
for fluids w ith viscosities different from w ater and therefore in these
instances it is recom m ended to use a pum p selection program .
A pum p flow curve specifies the connection betw een capacity Q QQ QQ ,
head H HH HH , required pow er P PP PP , required N PSH and efficiency .
1 1 ra a |it | t sst s
The connection betw een the capacity and the theoretical head of the
pum p is show n by m eans of a straight line, w hich decreases at a
higher capacity (see fig. 7.3.1a).
The actual head of a pum p is, how ever, low er than the theoretical
head due to hydraulic losses in the pum p, w hich are friction loss,
pressure loss and slip.
The connection betw een the capacity and actual head is consequently
specified by m eans of a curve w hich varies depending on the design
of the im peller.
| iIIt rt r I | a m j | | a ra t It risIit s
The capacity Q QQ QQ and head H HH HH curve of a centrifugal pum p w ill vary
depending upon the im peller vane design (see fig. 7.3.1.b).
These fulfil different requirem ents and are w ell suited for flow control
w here only one param eter is to be changed (see 7.3.2).
C urve 1 covers a w ide range of heads w ithout large changes to
capacity.
C urve 3 covers a w ide range of capacities w ithout large changes to
head.
| i] . I . 1 . a 1 1 ra a |it |t sst s
| r ] t r t ra | I| t I| t t r
rt ] a r1 ir ] sitir ] t I t t r IriIa ] a |
a r 1 |i| a i1 rir ] j a m j s is
sim i|a r.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j itir ]
| a rtt s It r | a j a t iI , 1 t a 1 1 , | t t r | a r 1 | IIit it r t
In principle the duty point of a pum p can be situated at any point on
the Q -H curve.
The efficiency of the pum p w ill vary depending on w here the duty
point is situated on the Q -H curve. The efficiency is usually highest
near the centre of the curve.
The pow er curve of the centrifugal pum p increases at a higher
capacity.
The pow er curve of the liquid ring pum p decreases at a higher
capacity.
K | 1 r | a rtt
The N PSH r curve increases at higher capacity (see fig. 7.3.1d). This
should be used to assertain the N PSH r of the pum p. It is im portant
that N PSH a of the system exceeds the N PSH r of the pum p.
Vist t siI | IIt t I
Fluid viscosity w ill affect capacity, head, efficiency and pow er (see fig.
7.3.1e).
C apacity, head and efficiency w ill decrease at higher viscosities.
R equired pow er w ill increase at higher viscosities.
| t r siI | IIt t I
Fluid density w ill affect the head and required pow er w hich both
increase proportionally at higher density (see fig. 7.3.1f).
| i] . I . 1 . t | a rtt s It r , 1 , | a r 1
| i] . I . 1 . 1 K | 1 r t a rtt
| i] . I . 1 . t | IIt t Is t r , 1 a r 1
| i] . I . 1 . I | IIt t Is t r , 1 a r 1
1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
1 t It a st I| t | |t | a rtt
The flow curve consists of three different curves:
H ead as a function of capacity (Q - H curve).
R equired pow er as a function of capacity (Q - P curve).
R equired N PSH as a function of capacity (Q - N PSH r curve).
Although illustrated here the efficiency is not show n on the published
flow curves but can be determ ined from the required pow er on the
flow curve and form ula in 7.2 w hen the duty point is know n.
The Q - H and Q - P curves are specified for different standard
im peller diam eters so that a correct duty point can be determ ined.
This is not applicable to the Liquid R ing pum ps as the im peller
diam eters cannot be reduced.
The curves on the flow curve are based on tests w ith w ater at 20C
(68
o
F) w ith tolerances of + 5% . It is recom m ended to select the pum p
by m eans of a pum p selection program if the fluid to be pum ped has
other physical properties.
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 | a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - W ater.
Viscosity - 1 cP.
S G - 1.0
Pum ping tem perature- 20C .
| t rIt rm a r t t | a Ia .
C apacity - 15 m /h.
Total head - 25 m .
Electrical supply - 220/380v, 50H z.
The optim um is to select the sm allest pum p possible w hich is suitable
for the required duty point (15 m /h, 25 m ).
| t a m j |t .
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 !
| a m j itir ]
It j - | ir 1 k j j rt j ria It | a rtt
Locate a flow curve for the required pum p type that covers the duty
point. For this particular exam ple a flow curve of a centrifugal pum p
type LKH -10 w ith 3000 rev/m in synchronous speed at 50H z is
selected.
It j I - | t t | a I - 1 t a rtt
Locate the capacity (15 m
/
h) on the Q -scale.
Start from this point and follow the vertical line upw ards until it
intersects w ith the horizontal line indicating the required head
(25 m ) on the H -scale.
This duty point does not contact any curve corresponding to a
certain im peller diam eter. Therefore, the nearest larger size im peller
diam eter should be selected, in this case 150 m m .
The head w ill then be 28 m .
The selected head (28 m ) should be checked regarding the low er
tolerance of the curve to ensure that it is at least the required
25 m .
In this case the head should be reduced by 5% being the curve
tolerance.
The head w ill then be a m inim um of 26.6 m greater than 25 m ,
thus satisfactory.
28
| i] . I . 1 . ] | t a m j |t
1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
It j 1 - | t t | a I - | t a rtt
The next step in selecting the pum p is to follow the vertical
capacity line (15 m
/h) dow nw ards until it intersects w ith the pow er

curve for the 150 m m im peller.
A horizontal line to the left of the intersection indicates a required
pow er of 2.0 kW .
For a LKH centrifugal pum p a safety factor of 5% for m otor losses
m ust be added, resulting in a total required pow er of 2.1 kW .
C onsequently a 2.2 kW m otor can be used.
It j \ - | t t | a I - K | 1 r t a rtt
Finally the vertical capacity line (15 m
/h) is follow ed up to the

N PSH r curve.
The intersection corresponding to the 150 m m im peller is located.
A horizontal line to the right of the intersection indicates that
N PSH r is approx. 0.8 m .
I . 1 . I | |t | t r Irt |
| a I | t ir I
The duty point of a pum p is the intersection point betw een the pum p
curve and the process curve.
Pum p curve - this specifies the connection betw een head H HH HH and
capacity Q QQ QQ (see 7.3.1).
Process curve - this specifies the connection betw een the total
pressure drop ( H HH HH ) in the process plant and the capacity (Q QQ QQ ) (see fig.
7.3.2a).
The process curve is determ ined by varying the capacity so that
different pressure drop (H ) values are obtained. The shape of the
process curve w ill depend on the process design (i.e. layout, valves,
filters etc.).
C apacity: Q
1
Q
2
Q
3
Q
4
Q
5
Q
6
Pressure drop: D H
1
D H
2
D H
3
D H
4
D H
5
D H
6
The duty point of a pum p can change due to changes in the
conditions of the process plant (changes in head, pressure drops
etc.). The pum p w ill autom atically regulate the capacity to m eet the
new conditions (see fig. 7.3.2b and 7.3.2c).
| i] . I . 1 . I a | rt t t ss t a rtt
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 I
| a m j itir ]
It is possible to com pensate for the change of duty point by m eans of
flow control that can be achieved as follow s:
R educing the im peller diam eter (not for liquid ring pum ps).
Throttling the discharge line.
C ontrolling the pum p speed.
D ue to flow control it is possible to achieve optim um pum p efficiency
at the required capacity resulting in the m ost econom ical pum p
installation.
| t 1 a t ir ] | m j t ||t r | ia m t It r
R educing the im peller diam eter can only be carried out for centrifugal
pum ps and m ulti-stage centrifugal pum ps. This w ill reduce the
capacity and the head.
| t r IriIa ] a | | a m j
The connection betw een im peller diam eter (D DD DD ), capacity (Q QQ QQ ) and head
(H HH HH ) is show n in fig. 7.3.2d:
1. B efore reducing.
2. After reducing - the duty point m oves tow ards point 2 w hen
reducing the im peller diam eter.
| i] . I . 1 . I | | | a r ] t s ir j rt ssa rt 1 rt j | i] . I . 1 . I t | | a r ] t s ir rt | a irt 1 | t a 1
| i] . I . 1 . I 1 | t 1 a t ir ] im j t ||t r 1 ia m t It r
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
If the im peller speed rem ains unchanged, the connection betw een
im peller diam eter (D DD DD ), capacity (Q QQ QQ ), head (H HH HH ) and required pow er (P PP PP ) is
show n by the follow ing form ulas:
| ia m t It rIt a j a t iI .
| ia m t It rI| t a 1 .
| ia m t It rIj t t r.
M ost pum p flow curves show characteristics for different im peller
diam eters to enable the correct im peller diam eter to be selected.
R educing the im peller diam eter by up to 20% w ill not affect the
efficiency of the pum p. If the reduction in im peller diam eter exceeds
20% , the pum p efficiency w ill decrease.
M a |Ii-sIa ] t | t r IriIa ] a | | a m j
This pum p has several im pellers depending upon pum p type. The
total head can be adjusted by reducing the diam eter of the back
im peller, w hich is situated at the pum p outlet (nearest to the back
plate). C onsequently the exact duty point w ill be betw een the curves
of tw o pum p sizes.
The connection betw een im peller diam eter (D DD DD ), capacity (Q QQ QQ ), head (H HH HH )
and type of pum p is show n in fig. 7.3.2e.
Q
1
D
1
3
=
Q
2
D
2
3
Q
2
D
2
= D
1
x [m m ]
Q
1
3
P
1
D
1
5
=
P
2
D
2
5
H
2
D
2
= D
1
x [m m ]
H
1
5
H
1
D
1
2
=
H
2
D
2
2
H
2
D
2
= D
1
x [m m ]
H
1
| i] . I . 1 . I t | t 1 a t ir ] im j t ||t r 1 ia m t It r
b
c
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j itir ]
The im peller diam eter is reduced to D
2
by m eans of the follow ing
form ula:
W here:
D
1
= Standard diam eter before reducing.
a = M ax. duty point.
b = M in. duty point.
c = R equired duty point.
| rt II|ir ] | ist | a r] t | ir t
Throttling the discharge line w ill increase the resistance in the process
plant, w hich w ill increase the head and reduce the capacity. The
connection betw een capacity (Q QQ QQ ) and head (H HH HH ) w hen throttling is
show n in fig. 7.3.2f.
1. B efore throttling.
2. After throttling, the duty point m oves tow ards point 2.
Throttling should not be carried out in the suction line as cavitation
can occur.
Also throttling w ill reduce the efficiency of the process plant H
show s the w asteof pressure at point 2.
| t r Irt ||ir ] | a m j j t t 1
C hanging the im peller speed w ill change the centrifugal force created
by the im peller. Therefore, the capacity and the head w ill also change.
The connection betw een capacity (Q QQ QQ ) and head (H HH HH ) w hen changing
the im peller speed is show n in fig. 7.3.2g.
1. B efore reducing im peller speed.
2. After reducing im peller speed. The w orking point m oves tow ards
point 2 w hen reducing the im peller speed.
c-b
D
2
= D
1
x [m m ]
a-b
| t It rm a |a is It r ] a i1 a r t t
j a rj t st s t r |. | I is, I| t rt It rt ,
rt t t m m t r 1 t 1 It a 1 1 a sa It I
Ia t It r t I 1 - ! X It I| t r t
1 ia m t It r.
| i] . I . 1 . I I | rt II|ir ] 1 ist | a r] t |ir t
| i] . I . 1 . I ] | t r Irt ||ir ] j a m j sj t t 1
1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
If the im peller dim ensions rem ain unchanged, the connection betw een
im peller speed (n nn nn), capacity (Q QQ QQ ), head (H HH HH ) and required pow er (P PP PP ) is
show n by the follow ing form ulas:
j t t 1 It a j a t iI .
j t t 1 I| t a 1 .
j t t 1 Ij t t r.
k s s| t r Irt m I| t a | t tt It rm a |a s I| t im j t ||t r sj t t 1 a IIt t Is
t a j a t iI, | t a 1 a r 1 rt | a irt 1 j t t r a s It ||t s.
1 a |I sj t t 1 rt sa |Is ir t a j a t iI t 1 . ! .
1 a |I sj t t 1 rt sa |Is ir | t a 1 t 1 . I ! .
1 a |I sj t t 1 rt sa |Is ir rt | a irt 1 j t t r t 1 . I ! .
Speed control w ill not affect the efficiency providing changes do not
exceed 20% .
I . 1 . 1 k |It rr a Iitt | a m j | r sIa ||a Iit r s
| a m j s | t a j |t 1 ir t rit s
It is possible to increase the head in a pum p installation by tw o or
m ore pum ps being coupled in series.
The capacity (Q QQ QQ ) w ill alw ays be constant throughout the pum p series.
The head can vary depending on the pum p sizes.
The outlet of pum p 1 is connected to the inlet of pum p 2.
Pum p 2 m ust be able to w ithstand the outlet head from pum p 1.
Q
1
n
1
=
Q
2
n
2
Q
2
n
2
= n
1
x [rev/m in]
Q
1
H
1
n
1
2
=
H
2
n
2
2
H
2
n
2
= n
1
x [rev/m in]
H
1
P
2
n
2
= n
1
x [rev/m in]
P
1
3
P
1
n
1
3
=
P
2
n
2
3
| t m t sI t t m m t r It rm t I
sj t t 1 t t r Irt | is | m t a r s t I a
Irt | a t r t t t r tt rIt r st t 1 . 1 .
| i] . I . 1 . 1 a | rir t ij |t t I t t r r t t Iit r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j itir ]
If tw o different pum ps are connected in series, the pum p w ith the
low est N PSH value should be installed as the first pum p (for critical
suction conditions).
It is im portant that pum ps installed in series are connected w ith the
largest pum p before the sm allest. O therw ise the second pum p w ill
overrule the first pum p, causing unstable operation and cavitation.
Adjustm ent of head by reducing the im peller diam eter m ust alw ays be
on the second pum p.
A m ulti-stage centrifugal pum p is in principle several pum ps that are
coupled in series but built together as one pum p unit.
| a m j s | t a j |t 1 ir | a ra ||t |
It is possible to increase the capacity in a pum p installation by tw o or
m ore pum ps coupled in parallel.
The head (H ) w ill alw ays be constant in the pum p installation. The
capacity can vary depending on the pum p sizes.
The pum ps receive the fluid from the sam e source and have a
com m on discharge line.
W hen the capacity is increased by m eans of pum ps coupled in
parallel, the equipm ent and pressure drop in the installation m ust be
determ ined according to the total capacity of the pum ps.
For tw o different pum ps, If the capacity Q
1
is sm aller than the
capacity Q
2
, it is possible to install a non-return valve in the discharge
line of pum p 1 to avoid pum p 2 pum ping fluid back through pum p 1.
| i] . I . 1 . 1 | 1 t a 1 t I j a m j s ir st rit s
| i] . I . 1 . 1 t | rir t ij |t t I t t r r t t Iit r | i] . I . 1 . 1 1 | t r r t t Iit r t I It sim i|a r
j a m j s
| i] . I . 1 . 1 t | t r r t t Iit r t I It 1 iIIt rt r I
j a m j s
| i] . I . 1 . 1 I | t r r t t Iit r t I It 1 iIIt rt r I
j a m j sitt s
1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
7.4 W orked Exam ples of C entrifugal Pum p
Sizing (M etric units)
I . \ . | t a m j |t
The follow ing exam ple show s a pum p to be sized for a typical
brew ery process.
The pum p is required to handle W ort from the W hirlpool to the
Ferm entation vessel.
As described in 7.1 in order to correctly size any type of pum p, som e
essential inform ation is required such as Product/Fluid data,
Perform ance data and Site Services data.
| i] . I . \ . a | t a m j |t
Yt a sI
| ||
| 1
I
| 1
I
| t rm t r Ia Iit r
| ||
| 1
I
| 1
I
| t t |ir]
wt rI j a m j
w| ir|j t t |
Yt a sI j iIt | ir ]
1 m
I

m
1 . t | a r
j rt ssa rt tt sst |
1
I
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j itir ]
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - W ort.
Viscosity - 1 cP.
| t rIt rm a r t t 1 a Ia .
D ischarge - via 80 m of 101.6 m m dia. tube, plus a
given num ber of bends, valves and a plate
heat exchanger w ith p
PH E
1.6 bar.
Static head in Ferm enting vessel = 21 m .
Pressure in Ferm enting vessel = 0.6 bar.
Suction - 0.4 m head, plus a given num ber of bends
and valves.
iIt t rtit t s 1 a Ia .
Electrical supply - 220/380v, 50 H z.
B efore sizing a pum p, it w ill be necessary to determ ine the total head
and N PSH a. The theory, including the different form ulae regarding
these param eters is m ore specifically described in 2.2.2 and 2.2.4.
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
= Static head in Ferm entation vessel.
h
ft
= Total pressure drop in discharge line.
p
t
= Pressure in Ferm entation vessel.
Therefore h
t
= 21 m .
h
ft
= Pressure drop in tube p
tube
+ Pressure drop
in bends and valves p + Pressure drop in
plate heat exchangerp
PH E
p
tube
from curve show n in 14.5 = 2 m .
p is calculated to be 5 m .
p
PH E
is given as 1.6 bar = 16 m .
h
ft
= 2 + 5 + 16 m .
= 23 m .
p
t
= 0.6 bar = 6 m .
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= I I 1 t m = ! 1 m ! | a r .
k || I| t 1 a Ia | a tt | t t r ] itt r
| I| t t a sIt m t r.
| i] . I . \ . |
1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here h
s
= Static suction head in W hirlpool.
h
fs
= Total pressure drop in suction line.
p
s
= Pressure in W hirlpool (open tank).
Therefore h
s
= 0.4 m .
h
fs
= calculated to be 1 m .
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= 1 . \ 1 m = 1 . t m 1 . 1 t | a r .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= ! 1 1 . t = ! 1 . t m ! m ! . | a r .
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj
W here Pa = Pressure absolute above level of fluid in
W hirlpool tank.
h
s
= Static suction head in W hirlpool tank.
h
fs
P vp= Vapour pressure of fluid.
Therefore Pa = 1 bar (open tank) = 10 m .
h
s
= 0.4 m .
h
fs
= C alculated to be 1 m .
P vp= 0.70 bar a (from table 14.4a) = 7 m .
K | 1 a = 1 1 . \ I m = I . \ m .
Actual pum p sizing can be m ade using pum p perform ance curves or
a pum p selection program . The perform ance curves are, how ever,
not suitable if the fluid to be pum ped has physical properties (i.e.
viscosity) different from w ater. In this particular exam ple both the
pum p perform ance curves and pum p selection program can be used.
The perform ance curve selection procedure is m ore specifically
described in 7.3.1.
For this particular exam ple, pum p sized w ould be as follow s:
Pum p m odel - LKH -25.
Im peller size - 202 m m .
Speed - 2930 rev/m in.
H ead - 51.5 m (5.15 bar).
Efficiency - 63.1% .
N PSH r - 1.4 m .
M otor size - 11 kW .
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 !
| a m j itir ]
| a tiIa Iit r t | t t | .
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 2.4 m > 1.4 m ,
i.e. no cavitation w ill occur.
The recom m ended shaft seal type based upon Alfa Laval application
experience and guidelines w ould be a double m echanical seal w ith
carbon/silicon carbide faces and EPD M elastom ers.
j t t ia | K t It
The discharge head (h
t2
) is low er w hen the pum p starts filling the
ferm enting vessel com pared to the discharge head (h
t1
) w hen the
vessel is full. The reduction of the discharge head can result in
cavitation and overloading of the m otor due to a capacity increase.
C avitation can be avoided by reducing the pum p speed (reducing
N PSH r), i.e. by m eans of a frequency converter, or by throttling the
discharge line (increasing head). The flow control m ethod is m ore
specifically described in 7.3.2.
k 1 }a sIm t r I
In this exam ple the pum p is sized by the pum p selection program
w hich results in exact im peller diam eter of 202 m m , so that the
selected duty point is as close to the required duty point as possible.
The pum p is sized w ith a standard im peller diam eter if using the
perform ance curve. In this case it m ay be necessary to adjust the
selected duty point by m eans of flow control.
It is im portant to note that the selected head has a tolerance of 5%
due to the tolerance of the pum p curve. C onsequently, there is a risk
that the pum p w ill generate head w hich w ill differ from the selected
head. If the required head is the exact value of the process, it is
recom m ended to select the pum p w ith a larger im peller diam eter to
ensure the required head is obtained.
It m ay also be necessary to adjust to the required duty point by
m eans of flow control due to the tolerance. Flow control m ethod is
m ore specifically described in 7.3.2.
| i] . I . \ . t
1
2
1: Full vessel
2: Em pty vessel
Q
2
h
t2
h
t1
1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
I . \ . I | t a m j |t I
The follow ing exam ple show s a centrifugal pum p to be sized for a
typical dairy process.
Pum p Ais a R aw M ilk pum p in connection w ith a pasteuriser. The
raw m ilk is pum ped from a B alance tank to a Separator via the
preheating stage in the plate heat exchanger.
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - R aw M ilk.
Viscosity - 5 cP.
D ischarge - via 5 m of horizontal 76 m m dia. tube, plus
a given num ber of bends, valves and a plate
PH E
1 bar.
Inlet pressure for the separator = 1.5 bar.
Suction - 0.1 m head, plus a given num ber of bends
and valves.
| i] . I . \ . I a | t a m j |t I
C IP
M ilk out
B alance
Tank
Standardised M ilk
P = 1.5 bar
t j a ra It r
| 1 |
k || I| t 1 a Ia | a s | t t r ] itt r |
I| t t a sIt m t r.
Pum p A
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 I
| a m j itir ]
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
= Static head to Separator.
h
ft
p
t
= Pressure in Separator.
Therefore h
t
= 0 m (no static head - only horizontal tube).
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
plate heat exchanger p
PH E
p
tube
from curve show n in 14.5 = 2 m .
p is calculated to be 0 m .
p
PH E
is given as 1.0 bar = 10 m .
h
ft
= 2 + 0 + 10 m .
= 12 m .
p
t
= 1.5 bar = 15 m .
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= 1 I ! m = I I m I . I | a r .
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here h
s
= Static suction head in B alance tank.
h
fs
p
s
= Pressure in B alance tank (open tank).
Therefore h
s
= 0.1 m .
h
fs
= calculated to be 0.4 m .
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= 1 . 1 . \ 1 m = 1 . 1 m 1 . 1 1 | a r .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= I I 1 . 1 = I I . 1 m I I m I . I | a r .
| i] . I . \ . I |
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj .
B alance tank.
h
s
h
fs
h
s
= 0.1 m .
h
fs
= C alculated to be 0.4 m .
P vp= at tem perature of 5
o
C this is taken as being
negligible i.e. 0 bar a = 0 m .
K | 1 a = 1 1 . 1 . \ 1 m = 1 . I m .
As the fluid to be pum ped has physical properties (i.e. viscosity)
different from w ater, the pum p perform ance curves should not be
used, and actual pum p sizing should be m ade using the pum p
selection program .
Im peller size - 149 m m .
H ead - 27.1 m (2.71 bar).
N PSH r - 1.4 m .
M otor size - 4 kW .
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 9.7 m > 1.4 m ,
experience and guidelines w ould be a single m echanical seal w ith
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j itir ]
7.5 W orked Exam ples of C entrifugal Pum p
Sizing (U S units)
I . ! . | t a m j |t
The follow ing exam ple show s a pum p to be sized for a typical
brew ery process.
The pum p is required to handle W ort from the W hirlpool to the
Ferm entation vessel.
| i] . I . ! . a | t a m j |t
Yt a sI
| ||
| 1
I
| 1
I
| t rm t r Ia Iit r
| ||
| 1
I
| 1
I
| t t |ir]
wt rI j a m j
w| ir|j t t |
Yt a sI j iIt | ir ]
I t I II
t
1

I
I
1 j s i
j rt ssa rt tt sst |
1
I
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - W ort.
Viscosity - 1 cP.
Pum ping tem perature- 194F.
C apacity - 176 U S gall/m in.
D ischarge - via 262 ft of 4 in dia. tube, plus a given
num ber of bends, valves and a plate heat
exchanger w ith p
PH E
23 psi.
Static head in Ferm enting vessel = 69 ft.
Pressure in Ferm enting vessel = 9 psi.
Suction - 1.5 ft head, plus a given num ber of bends
and valves.
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
= Static head in Ferm entation vessel.
h
ft
p
t
= Pressure in Ferm entation vessel.
Therefore h
t
= 69 ft.
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
PH E
p
tube
from curve show n in 14.5 = 6 ft.
p is calculated to be 16 ft.
p
PH E
is given as 23 psi = 53 ft.
h
ft
= 6 + 16 + 53 ft.
= 75 ft.
p
t
= 9 psi = 20 ft.
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= t 1 I ! I 1 II = t \ II I j si .
k || I| t a | t tt 1 a Ia | a tt | t t r
] itt r | I| t t a sIt m t r.
| i] . I . ! . |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here h
s
= Static suction head in W hirlpool.
h
fs
p
s
= Pressure in W hirlpool (open tank).
Therefore h
s
= 1.5 ft.
h
fs
= calculated to be 3 ft.
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= . ! 1 1 m = . ! II 1 . t j si .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= t \ . ! = t ! . ! II t t II I I j si .
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj .
W hirlpool tank.
h
s
= Static suction head in W hirlpool tank.
h
fs
Therefore Pa = 14.7 psi (open tank) = 33.9 ft.
h
s
= 1.5 ft.
h
fs
= C alculated to be 3 ft.
P vp= 10 psia (from table 14.4a) = 23 ft.
K | 1 a = 1 1 . 1 . ! 1 I 1 II = 1 . \ II.
a pum p selection program . The perform ance curves are, how ever,
not suitable if the fluid to be pum ped has physical properties (i.e.
viscosity) different from w ater. In this particular exam ple both the
pum p perform ance curves and pum p selection program can be used.
The perform ance curve selection procedure is m ore specifically
described in 7.3.1.
Im peller size - 6.50 in.
H ead - 166.2 ft (72 psi).
N PSH r - 7.5 ft.
M otor size - 15 hp.
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 9.4 ft > 7.5 ft,
experience and guidelines w ould be a double m echanical seal w ith
j t t ia | K t It
The discharge head (h
t2
) is low er w hen the pum p starts filling the
ferm enting vessel com pared to the discharge head (h
t1
) w hen the
vessel is full. The reduction of the discharge head can result in
cavitation and overloading of the m otor due to a capacity increase.
C avitation can be avoided by reducing the pum p speed (reducing
N PSH r), i.e. by m eans of a frequency converter, or by throttling the
discharge line (increasing head). The flow control m ethod is m ore
specifically described in 7.3.2.
k 1 }a sIm t r I
In this exam ple the pum p is sized by the pum p selection program
w hich results in exact im peller diam eter of 6.50 in, so that the
selected duty point is as close to the required duty point as possible.
The pum p is sized w ith a standard im peller diam eter if using the
perform ance curve. In this case it m ay be necessary to adjust the
selected duty point by m eans of flow control.
It is im portant to note that the selected head has a tolerance of 5%
due to the tolerance of the pum p curve. C onsequently, there is a risk
that the pum p w ill generate head w hich w ill differ from the selected
head. If the required head is the exact value of the process, it is
recom m ended to select the pum p w ith a larger im peller diam eter to
ensure the required head is obtained.
It m ay also be necessary to adjust to the required duty point by
m eans of flow control due to the tolerance. Flow control m ethod is
m ore specifically described in 7.3.2.
| i] . I . ! . t
1
2
1: Full vessel
2: Em pty vessel
Q
2
h
t2
h
t1
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j itir ]
I . ! . I | t a m j |t I
The follow ing exam ple show s a centrifugal pum p to be sized for a
typical dairy process.
Pum p Ais a R aw M ilk pum p in connection w ith a pasteuriser. The
raw m ilk is pum ped from a B alance tank to a Separator via the
preheating stage in the plate heat exchanger.
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - R aw M ilk.
Viscosity - 5 cP.
D ischarge - via 16 ft of horizontal 3 in dia. tube, plus a
given num ber of bends, valves and a plate
PH E
15 psi.
Inlet pressure for the separator = 22 psi.
Suction - 0.3 ft head, plus a given num ber of bends
and valves.
| i] . I . ! . I a | t a m j |t I
C IP
M ilk out
B alance
Tank
Standardised M ilk
P = 22 psi
t j a ra It r
| 1 |
k || I| t 1 a Ia | a s | t t r ] itt r |
I| t t a sIt m t r.
Pum p A
\ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
= Static head to Separator.
h
ft
p
t
= Pressure in Separator.
Therefore h
t
= 0 ft (no static head - only horizontal tube).
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
PH E
p
tube
from curve show n in 14.5 = 6 ft.
p is calculated to be 0 ft.
p
PH E
is given as 15 psi = 34 ft.
h
ft
= 6 + 0 + 34 ft.
= 40 ft.
p
t
= 22 psi = 50 ft.
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= 1 \ 1 ! 1 II = 1 1 II 1 1 j si .
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here h
s
h
fs
p
s
= Pressure in B alance tank (open tank).
Therefore h
s
= 0.3 ft.
h
fs
= calculated to be 1.3 ft.
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= 1 . 1 . 1 1 m = II 1 . \ j si .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= 1 1 = 1 II 1 1 j si .
| i] . I . ! . I |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
| a m j itir ]
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj
B alance tank.
h
s
h
fs
h
s
= 0.3 ft.
h
fs
= C alculated to be 1.3 ft.
o
F this is taken as being
negligible i.e. 0 psia = 0 ft.
K | 1 a = 1 1 . 1 1 . 1 . 1 1 II = 1 I . 1 II.
As the fluid to be pum ped has physical properties (i.e. viscosity)
different from w ater, the pum p perform ance curves should not be
used, and actual pum p sizing should be m ade using the pum p
selection program .
Im peller size - 5.59 in.
H ead - 92 ft (40 psi).
N PSH r - 4.7 ft.
M otor size - 5.0 hp.
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 32.9 ft > 4.7 ft,
experience and guidelines w ould be a single m echanical seal w ith
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
I . t . |ij
Slip is the fluid lost by leakage through the pum p clearances. The
direction of slip w ill be from the high pressure to the low pressure side
of the pum p i.e. from pum p outlet to pum p inlet. The am ount of slip is
dependent upon several factors.
| |t a ra r t t t IIt t I
Increased clearances w ill result in greater slip. The size and shape of
the rotor w ill be a factor in determ ining the am ount of slip.
| rt ssa rt t IIt t I
The am ount of slip w ill increase as pressure increases w hich is show n
below . In Fig 7.6.1b for a given pum p speed the am ount of slip can be
seen as the capacity at zerobar less the capacity at Xbar. To
overcom e this am ount of slip it w ill be necessary to increase the
pum p speed to m aintain the capacity required as show n in Fig 7.6.1c.
| i] . I . t . a |ij
Inlet
Low pressure
O utlet
H igh Pressure
Slip
Slip
Slip
| i] . I . t . | | rt ssa rt t IIt t I | i] . I . t . t | rt ssa rt t IIt t I
Xbar 0bar
R equired capacity
Speed rev/m in
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
C apacity
Slip
Speed rev/m in
0bar
Xbar
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

a
t

b
a
r
Actual capacity
at Xbar
Speed
increase to
m aintain capacity
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
| a m j itir ]
Vist t siI t IIt t I
The am ount of slip w ill decrease as fluid viscosity increases. The effect
of viscosity on slip is show n in Figs 7.6.1d, 7.6.1e and 7.6.1f below .
The pressure lines w ill continue to m ove tow ards the zeropressure
line as the viscosity increases.
| a m j j t t 1 t IIt t I
Slip is independent of pum p speed. This factor m ust be taken into
consideration w hen operating pum ps at low speeds w ith low
viscosity fluids. For exam ple, the am ount of slip at 400 rev/m in pum p
speed w ill be the sam e as the am ount of slip at 200 rev/m in pum p
speed providing pressure is constant.
The pum p speed required to overcom e slip is know n as the
dead head speed.
It is im portant to note that flow w ill be positive after overcom ing the
dead head speed.
| i] . I . t . 1 Vist t siI t IIt t I | i] . I . t . t Vist t siI t IIt t I | i] . I . t . I Vist t siI t IIt t I
0bar Xbar
Viscosity = 1 cP
R equired
capacity
R equired
capacity
R equired
capacity
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
Speed - rev/m in
0bar Xbar
Viscosity = 10 cP
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
Speed - rev/m in
0barXbar
Viscosity = 50 cP
Speed - rev/m in
| i] . I . t . ] | t a 1 | t a 1 sj t t 1
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
0 bar 7 bar
D ead head
speed
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
Speed rev/m in
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
| r ] t r t ra | It rm s iI is t t m m t r
It Iir 1 I| t rt t t m m t r 1 a Iit r
It r I| t ir |t I j ij t sitt It | t I| t
sa m t 1 ia m t It r a s I| t j a m j
ir |t I t t r r t t Iit r .
A sum m ary of effects of different param eters on slip is show n below :
I . t . I | r iIia | a t Iit r | ir t itir ]
For guidance purposes only on high viscosity duties, the suction line
can be initially sized using the initial suction line sizing curve (see 14.9)
w here the relationship betw een viscosity and flow rate provides an
indication of pipe sizing.
For exam ple, for a flow rate of 10 m /h on a fluid w ith viscosity
900 cSt, a pum p w ith 40 m m (1 in) diam eter suction line w ould be
initially selected.
It is im portant to note this is only an approxim ate guide and care
should be taken not to exceed the pum ps viscosity/speed lim it.
Slip increases w ith pressure
S
l
i
p
Pressure
| i] . I . t . |
Slip increases w ith clearances
| i] . I . t . i
S
l
i
p
C learances
Slip decreases w ith viscosity
| i] . I . t . }
S
l
i
p
Viscosity
SX pum p
SR U pum p
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j itir ]
I . t . 1 | t rIt rm a r t t | a rtt
Alfa Laval rotary lobe pum ps can be sized from published
perform ance curves or a pum p selection program . D ue to pum phead
clearances described in 8.2.2, different perform ance curves are used
for the various tem perature ratings for rotors i.e. 70C (158
o
F),
130C (266
o
F) and 200C (392
o
F). The SX pum p range has only
150C (302
o
F) rotor tem perature rating. For convenience viscosity
units are stated as cSt.
1 t It a st I| t | t rIt rm a r t t | a rtt
The perform ance curve consists of four different curves:
C apacity as a function of speed, related to pressure and viscosity.
Pow er as a function of speed, related to pressure and viscosity
of 1 cSt.
Pow er as a function of viscosity greater than 1 cSt.
Speed as a function of viscosity.
The curves are based on w ater at 20C (68
o
F) but are show n w ith
calculated viscosity correction data. Exam ple show n refers to the
SR U pum p range but the sam e sizing procedure is also used for the
SX pum p range.
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 | a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - Vegetable O il.
Viscosity - 100 cSt.
S G - 0.95
| t rIt rm a r t t | a Ia .
C apacity - 3.6 m /h (15.8 U S gall/m in).
Total Pressure - 8 bar (116 psig).
The optim um is to size the sm allest pum p possible as hydraulic
conditions dictate. H ow ever other factors such as fluid behaviour,
solids etc. should be considered.
It j | ir 1 k j j rt j ria It | a rtt
Locate a curve for the required pum p m odel that covers the
perform ance data. D ue to the large num ber of curves available it is
not practical to include all perform ance curves in this handbook.
C urves can be obtained from the pum p supplier. H ow ever, the sizing
process w ould be as follow s:
From the initial suction line sizing curve (see 14.9), a pum p w ith a size
25 m m (1 in) inlet connection w ould be required. Although the
sm allest pum p m odels SR U 1/005 and SR U 1/008 have 25 m m (1 in)
pum p inlet connections, the flow rate required w ould exceed the
pum ps speed lim it on the perform ance curve. For this particular
exam ple, w e therefore need to select a perform ance curve for the
pum p m odel SR U 2/013/LS w ith 70C (158
o
F) rotor clearances, as
show n in Fig. 7.6.3a, being the next appropriate pum p size.
| t a m j |t .
k
|
I
a

|
a
t
a
|

|
a
m
j

1
a
r
1
|
t
t
|

|
a
m
j

i
t
i
r
]
350 172 110 78 58 43 32 23 16 9
I ! m m ir
| t rI
X 11
| | | M m
1
I|
|
i
]
.

I
.
t
.
1
a

|
|
I
I
1
1
I
|

t
a
r
t
t
s
j it a | | t rIt rm a r t t | a rtt
| | I I1 1 I| t r 1
| a m j itir ]
It j I - | ir 1 Vist t siI a r 1 | rt ssa rt
B egin w ith viscosity and find the intersection point w ith duty pressure.
From exam ple - 100 cSt and 8 bar (115 psig).
It j 1 - | ir 1 | |t | a It
M ove diagonally dow nw ard and find intersection w ith required flow
rate.
From exam ple 3.6 m /h (15.8 U S gall/m in).
It j \ - | ir 1 j t t 1
M ove vertically dow nw ard to determ ine necessary pum p speed.
From exam ple - 600 rev/m in.
It j ! - Vist t siII| t rI itt | | t t |
M ove vertically dow nw ard and check that m axim um viscosity rating
has not been exceeded against relevant inlet size.
From exam ple - m axim um viscosity rating 4300 cSt.
It j t - | ir 1 | t t r
The pow er required by a pum p is the sum m ation of the hydraulic
pow er and various losses that occur in the pum p and pum ping
system . Viscosity has a m arked effect on pum p energy losses. The
losses being due to the energy required in effecting viscous shear in
the pum p clearances. Viscous pow er is the pow er loss due to
viscous fluid friction w ithin the pum p (Pv factor).
Typically curves are used in conjuction w ith equation as follow s:
Total R equired Pow er (kW ) =
Pv x Pum p speed (rev/m in) + H ydraulic pow er at 1 cSt (kW )
10000
w here Pv = Pow er/viscosity factor
From exam ple:
At speed 600 rev/m in the hydraulic pow er at 1 cSt is 1.3 kW ,
At viscosity 100 cSt the Pv factor is 1.0
Pv x Pum p speed (rev/m in) + H ydraulic pow er at 1 cSt (kW )
10000
= 1.0 x 600 + 1.3
10000
= 1.36 kW
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
| a m j itir ]
It should be noted, this is the pow er needed at the pum p shaft and
the appropriate m otor pow er m ust be selected, w hich in this instance
w ould be 1.5 kW being the nearest m otor output pow er above the
required pow er.
It j I - | ir 1 K | 1 r
N PSH r can be found by looking at the appropriate N PSH pum p
curve, w hich is a function of speed and expressed in m etres w ater
colum n (m w c) or feet (ft).
From exam ple - at speed 600 rev/m in the N PSH r is 4.4 m w c
(14.4 ft).
| i] . I . t . 1 | | | I Ij it a | K | 1 r t a rtt
| a st 1 t r a It r
4.4
100000 cS t
60000 cSt
30000 cSt
10000 cSt
5000 cSt
2500 cSt
1 cSt
20000 cSt
1000 cSt
j t t 1 rt tIm ir
|
t
t
I
w
a
I
t
r
M
t
I
r
t
s
w
a
I
t
r
!1
14.4
\!
\1
1!
11
I!
I1
!
1
!
1
I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
I . t . \ | a m j s IiIIt 1 iI| | i-|t | t | t It rs Ia ir |t ss It t |
These rotors, described in 8.2.1, are m ainly used on high viscosity
products containing solids w here the pum psvolum etric efficiency is
high. W hen pum ping such products optim um perform ance is
obtained by using large slow running pum ps.
Applications on w ater like viscosity fluids w ould result in decreased
efficiency over stainless steel tri-lobe rotors. For sizing purposes a
percentage increase on the dead head speed(see table below )
should be applied to the perform ance curve for stainless steel tri-lobe
rotors and interpolated accordingly.
a | |t I . t . \ a
| | | a m j M t 1 t | X a ] t | r t rt a st | t | a irt 1 t r ri-|t | t
| t It r | t a 1 1 t a 1 j t t 1
SRU1/005 40
SRU1/008 40
SRU2/013 40
SRU2/018 40
SRU3/027 30
SRU3/038 30
SRU4/055 30
SRU4/079 25
SRU5/116 25
SRU5/168 10
SRU6/260 10
SRU6/353 10
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I !
| a m j itir ]
| t a m j |t t I 1 t It | r It rj t |a It | t rIt rm a r t t | a rtt
Xrev/m in represents the dead head speedfor tri-lobe rotors to
w hich a percentage increase is applied from the table show n. Pum p
speed for bi-lobe rotors is found accordingly.
I . t . ! | a m j s IiIIt 1 iI| | i-|t | t | t It rs K t r | a ||ir ] k ||t
These rotors, described in 8.2.1, have very sm all clearances resulting
in increased volum etric efficiency over stainless steel rotors w hen
used on fluids w ith viscosities up to 50 cP. Pum p sizing is achieved
by referring to published perform ance curves or a pum p selection
program . D ue to pum phead clearances described in 8.2.2, different
perform ance curves are used for the various tem perature ratings of
rotors i.e. 70C (158F), 130C (266F) and 200C (392F). The use
of perform ance curves is as described in 7.6.3.
I . t . t | a m j s IiIIt 1 iI| ri-|t | t | a | | t r | t tt rt 1 | t It rs
These rotors, described in 8.2.1, have m inim al clearance and w ill
therefore significantly im prove the pum ps volum etric efficiency to
approx. 95% . Pum p sizing is achieved by referring to published
perform ance curves or a pum p selection program . D ue to the m inim al
pum phead clearances described in 8.2.2, there is only one
tem perature rating of rotors i.e. 70C (158F). The use of
perform ance curves is as described in 7.6.3.
| i] . I . t . \ a | t rIt rm a r t t t a rtt
ir Itrj t |aIit r
Required capacity
0 bar 7 bar
7 bar
Dead head speed
X rev/min + % inc.
Speed required for tri-lobe rotors
Speed required for bi-lobe rotors
Capacity
X rev/min
Speed rev/min
| a m j itir ]
I . t . I | a m j s iI| | |t t Irt j t |is| t 1 a rIa t t | ir is|
Pum p perform ance w ill be affected by electropolish surface finish to
the pum p head internals. For sizing purposes a percentage increase
on the dead head speed(see tables below ) should be applied to the
perform ance curve for stainless steel tri-lobe rotors and interpolated
accordingly.
a | |t I . t . I a
a | |t I . t . I |
| a m j M t 1 t | X a ] t | r t rt a st | t | a irt 1 t r Ia ir |t ss It t |
ri-|t | t | t It r | t a 1 1 t a 1 j t t 1
| | ra r ] t | |t t Irt j t |is| ir ] M t t | a r it a | a r 1
t r | | |t t Irt j t |is| ir ]
1/005 17.0 60.0
1/008 15.1 55.0
2/013 10.8 45.8
2/018 8.5 38.0
3/027 6.7 32.7
3/038 5.5 28.5
4/055 4.6 24.8
4/079 3.8 21.0
5/116 2.9 18.0
5/168 2.4 15.5
6/260 2.0 12.8
6/353 1.7 11.4
| a m j M t 1 t | X a ] t | r t rt a st | t | a irt 1 t r M a |Ii-|t | t
| t It r | t a 1 1 t a 1 j t t 1
X ra r ] t | |t t Irt j t |is| ir ] M t t | a r it a | a r 1
t r | | |t t Irt j t |is| ir ]
1/005 12.0 60.0
1/007 9.3 47.6
2/013 8.3 40.9
2/018 7.7 38.4
3/027 6.9 34.0
3/035 6.2 31.3
4/046 5.6 28.6
4/063 5.0 25.5
5/082 4.5 22.8
5/116 4.0 19.3
6/140 3.5 17.0
6/190 2.9 14.0
7/250 2.2 11.3
7/380 1.3 6.8
| a m j itir ]
I . t . | a i1 t |ir t s It r t |i1 s 1 a r 1 |ir ]
The follow ing criteria should be considered w hen deciding the pum ps
ability to handle large solids in suspension.
O ptim um C onditions
Solids form - Spherical
Solids physical properties i.e.- Soft, yet possess resilience
hardness, resilience, shear and shear strength
strength
Solids surface finish - Sm ooth
Fluid/solids proportion - Proportion of solids to fluid is
sm all
R elationship of fluid/solid SG - Equal
Flow velocity (pum p speed) - M aintained such that solids in
suspension are not dam aged
R otor form - B i-lobe
Port size - Large as possible
Tables below show the m axim um spherical solids size that can be
satisfactorily handled w ithout product degradation, providing the
optim um conditions are m et. For non-optim um conditions these
should be referred to Alfa Laval.
a | |t I . t . a
| | M t 1 t | M a t im a m j | t rit a | t |i1 s itt
| i-|t | t | t It rs ri-|t | t | t It rs
m m ir m m ir
SRU1/005 8 0.31 6 0.24
SRU1/008 8 0.31 6 0.24
SRU2/013 8 0.31 6 0.24
SRU2/018 13 0.51 9 0.34
SRU3/027 13 0.51 9 0.34
SRU3/038 16 0.63 11 0.44
SRU4/055 16 0.63 11 0.44
SRU4/079 22 0.88 15 0.59
SRU5/116 22 0.88 15 0.59
SRU5/168 27 1.06 18 0.72
SRU6/260 27 1.06 18 0.72
SRU6/353 37 1.47 24 0.94
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
I . t . 1 | a i1 t |ir t s It r | a m j ir ] | t a r t r siIitt M t 1 ia
Special attention needs to be m ade to pum ping shear sensitive m edia
such as yeast and yoghurt w here the cell structure needs to rem ain
intact. Excess pum p speed can irreversibly dam age the cell structure.
Therefore pum p speeds need to be kept relatively low , in the range of
100 to 400 rev/m in dependent upon the fluid being pum ped, pum p
size/m odel and rotor form . For these types of applications refer to
Alfa Laval.
a | |t I . t . |
X M t 1 t | M a t im a m j | t rit a | t |i1 s itt
M a |Ii-|t | t | t It rs
m m ir
SX1/005 7 0.28
SX1/007 7 0.28
SX2/013 10 0.39
SX2/018 10 0. 39
SX3/027 13 0.51
SX3/035 13 0.51
SX4/046 16 0.63
SX4/063 16 0.63
SX5/082 19 0.75
SX5/116 19 0.75
SX6/140 25 0.98
SX6/190 25 0.98
SX7/250 28 1.10
SX7/380 28 1.10
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
| a m j itir ]
Feed tank
1 m
1 m
1 m
2 m
3 m
6 m
1 m
1 bar
8 m
| i] . I . I a | a m j - t t a m j |t
7.7 W orked Exam ples of R otary Lobe
Pum p Sizing (M etric units)
The follow ing exam ples show tw o different rotary lobe pum ps to be
sized for a typical sugar process.
Pum p 1 is a low viscosity exam ple handling sugar syrup.
Pum p 2 is a high viscosity exam ple handling m assecuite.
As described in 7.1 in order to correctly size any type of pum p,
inform ation is required such as Product/Fluid data, Perform ance data
and Site Services data.
| a m j | ir a ] a r ra j j a m j
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - Sugar syrup.
Viscosity - 80 cP.
S G - 1.29.
C IP tem perature - 95C .
C apacity - 9 m /h.
D ischarge - via 10 m of 51 m m dia. tube, plus 1 bend
90 deg. and 1 butterfly valve
Static head in vessel = 8 m .
Pressure in vessel = 1 bar.
Suction - via 3 m of 51 m m dia. tube, plus 2 bends
90 deg. and 1 non-return valve.
Static head in tank = 2 m .
1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
= Static head in pressurised vessel.
h
ft
p
t
= Pressure in vessel.
Therefore h
t
= 8 m x (SG = 1.29) = 10.3 m .
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
in bends and valves p (calculated below ).
p
t
= 1 bar = 10 m .
To ascertain h
ft
the flow characteristic and equivalent line length m ust
be determ ined as follow s:
| |t | | a ra t It risIit
R eynolds num ber R e = D x V x

w here D = tube diam eter (m m ).
= density (kg/m ).
= absolute viscosity (cP).
velocity V = Q x 353.6 w here Q = capacity (m /h).
D D = tube diam eter (m m ).
= 9 x 353.6
51
= 1.22 m /s
density = 1290 derived from SG value 1.29 (see 2.1.5).
Therefore R e = D x V x

= 51 x 1.22 x 1290
80
= 1003
As R e is less than 2300, flow w ill be lam inar.
| i] . I . I |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| a m j itir ]
| | a ita |t r I | ir t | t r ] I| | ist | a r] t i1 t
The equivalent lengths of straight tube for bends and valves are taken
from table 14.7.1. Since flow is lam inar, the viscosity correction factor
is 1.0 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 3 + 6 + 1 = 10 m
1 bend 90 deg. = 1 x 1 x 1.0 (corr. factor) = 1 m
1 butterfly valve = 1 x 1 x 1.0 (corr. factor) = 1 m
Total equivalent length = 12 m
Also as flow is lam inar the friction factor f
D
= 64
R e
= 64
1003
= 0.064
The M iller equation is now used to determ ine friction loss as follow s:
P f= 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V (bar)
D
W here: P f = pressure loss due to friction (h
ft
)
f
D
= friction factor.
= 5 x 1.29 x 0.064 x 12 x 1.22 (bar)
51
= 0.14 bar = 1.4 m
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= 1 . 1 . \ 1 m = I . I m I . I | a r .
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here h
s
= Static suction head in Tank.
h
fs
p
s
= Pressure in Tank (open tank).
Therefore h
s
= 2 m x (SG = 1.29) = 2.6 m .
h
fs
= C alculated below .
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
| | a ita |t r I | ir t | t r ] I| a t Iit r i1 t
is 1.0 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 m
2 bend 90 deg. = 2 x 1 x 1 (corr. factor) = 2 m
1 non-return valve = 1 x 12 x 1 (corr. factor) = 12 m
D
= 64
R e
= 64
1003
= 0.064
Pf = 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V (bar)
D
fs
)
f
D
= friction factor.
= 5 x 1.29 x 0.064 x 1.7 x 1.22 (bar)
51
= 0.2 bar = 2 m
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= I . t I 1 m = 1 . t m 1 . 1 t | a r .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= I . 1 . t = I . m I m I . | a r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j itir ]
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj .
W here Pa = Pressure absolute above fluid level in Tank.
h
s
h
fs
h
s
= 2.6 m .
h
fs
= calculated to be 2 m .
o
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj = 1 I . t I 1 m = 1 . t m .
a pum p selection program . The perform ance curve selection
procedure is m ore specifically described in 7.6.3.
40 m m inlet connection w ould be required. Although the sm allest
pum p m odels SR 1/008 (w ith enlarged port), SR U 2/013 (w ith
enlarged port) and SR U 2/018 (w ith sanitary port) have 40 m m pum p
inlet connections, the flow rate required w ould exceed the pum ps
speed lim it on the perform ance curve. W e have therefore selected a
perform ance curve for the pum p m odel SR U 3/027/LS w ith 130C
rotor clearances due to the C IP requirem ent, being the next
appropriate pum p size. Pum p sized as follow s:
Pum p m odel - SR U 3/027/LS.
C onnection size - 40 m m .
N PSH r - 3.6 m .
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 10.6 m > 3.6 m .
Vist t siII| t rI itt t | t t | .
The viscosity of 80 cP at speed 606 rev/m in is w ell w ithin the pum ps
m axim um rated figures.
1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
| t t r t a |t a |a Iit r .
Pv x Pum p speed (rev/m in) + Pow er at 1 cSt (kW )
10000
w here Pv = Pow er/viscosity factor.
From exam ple
At speed 606 rev/m in and total head 2.1 bar, the pow er at
1 cSt is 0.9 kW ,
At viscosity 80 cP (62 cSt) the Pv factor is 3.
10000
= 3 x 606 + 0.9
10000
= 1.1 kW
It should be noted that this is the pow er needed at the pum p shaft,
and the appropriate m otor pow er m ust be selected, w hich in this
instance w ould be 1.5 kW being the nearest m otor output pow er
above the required pow er.
The recom m ended type of shaft seal based upon Alfa Laval
application experience and guidelines w ould be a single flushed
m echanical seal w ith tungsten carbide/tungsten carbide faces and
EPD M elastom ers.
H ard tungsten carbide seal faces due to the abrasive nature of
sugar syrup.
Flushed version to prevent the sugar syrup from crystallising
w ithin the seal area.
EPD M elastom ers for com patibility of both sugar syrup and C IP
m edia.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 !
| a m j itir ]
| a m j I M a sst t a iIt j a m j
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - M assecuite.
Viscosity - 25000 cP.
S G - 1.35
D ischarge - via 40 m of 76 m m dia. tube, plus 2 bends
Suction - via 1 m of 101.6 m m dia. tube, plus 1 bend
90 deg. and 1 butterfly valve.
| i] . I . I t | a m j I - t t a m j |t
20 m
40 m
1 m
2 m
1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
h
ft
p
t
Therefore h
t
= 20 m x (SG = 1.35) = 27 m .
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
p
t
= 0 bar (open tank) = 0 m .
To ascertain h
ft

= density (kg/m ).
= 10 x 353.6
76
= 0.61 m /s

= 76 x 0.61 x 1350
25000
= 2.5
| i] . I . I 1
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 I
| a m j itir ]
is 0.25 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 40 m
2 bend 45 deg. = 2 x 1 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 0.5 m
1 butterfly valve = 1 x 2 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 0.5 m
D
= 64
R e
= 64
2.5
= 25.6
P f= 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V (bar)
D
ft
)
f
D
= friction factor.
= 5 x 1.35 x 25.6 x 41 x 0.61 (bar)
76
= 34.7 bar = 347 m
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= I I 1 \ I 1 m = 1 I \ m 1 I . \ | a r .
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
W here h
s
h
fs
p
s
Therefore h
s
= 2 m x (SG = 1.35) = 2.7 m .
h
fs
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
To ascertain h
fs

= density (kg/m ).
= 9 x 353.6
101.6
= 0.34 m /s

= 101.6 x 0.34 x 1350
25000
= 1.9
is 0.25 (see 2.2.2).
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| a m j itir ]
Straight tube length = 1 m
1 bend 90 deg. = 1 x 2 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 0.5 m
1 butterfly valve = 1 x 2 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 0.5 m
D
= 64
R e
= 64
1.9
= 33.68
P f= 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V (bar)
D
fs
)
f
D
= friction factor.
= 5 x 1.35 x 33.68 x 2 x 0.34 (bar)
101.6
= 0.52 bar = 5.2 m
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= I . I ! . I 1 m = I . ! m .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= 1 I \ I . ! = 1 I t . ! m 1 I I m 1 I . I | a r
In this exam ple the total head required is in excess of the 20 bar
m axim um w orking pressure of the pum p. To reduce this head so as a
pum p can be suitably sized, consideration could be given to any or a
com bination of the follow ing param eters:
1. R educe capacity.
2. Increase tube diam eter.
3. Increase pum ping tem perature to reduce viscosity.
4. C onsider tw o or m ore pum ps in series.
\ 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
Assum ing the capacity is a definite requirem ent and the pum ping
tem perature cannot be increased the custom er should be advised to
increase the discharge tube diam eter i.e. from 76 m m to 101.6 m m .
The total head calculations are rew orked, and for this particular
exam ple the fluid velocity (V) and friction factor (f
D
) have already been
established for 101.6 m m diam eter tube. Also note, by referring to
the equivalent tube length table 14.7.1 the values for bends 45 deg.
and butterfly valves rem ain unchanged.
U sing the M iller equation to determ ine friction loss as follow s:
P f= 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V (bar)
D
ft
)
f
D
= friction factor.
= 5 x 1.35 x 33.68 x 41 x 0.34 (bar)
101.6
= 10.6 bar = 106 m
K t 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= I I 1 t 1 m = 1 1 m 1 . 1 | a r .
K t t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= 1 1 I . !
= 1 ! . ! m 1 t m 1 . t | a r
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = |
a
|
s
|
Is
| tj .
h
s
h
fs
h
s
= 2.7 m .
h
fs
= calculated to be 5.2 m .
o
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \
| a m j itir ]
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj = 1 I . I ! . I 1 m = I . ! m .
D ue to the high viscosity it is not practical to use pum p perform ance
curves for sizing purposes. The actual pum p sizing can be m ade
using a pum p selection program . An approxim ate guide to pum p
sizing can be m ade by calculation using volum etric efficiency.
For this particular exam ple a pum p sized from the pum p selection
program using stainless steel tri-lobe rotors w ith 130C rotor
clearances w ould be as follow s:
Pum p m odel - SR U 5/168/LD .
C onnection size - 100 m m (enlarged port).
N PSH r - 2.1 m .
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 7.5 m > 2.1 m .
The viscosity of 25000 cP at speed 100 rev/m in is w ell w ithin the
pum ps m axim um rated figures.
10000
From exam ple
At speed 100 rev/m in and total head 13.6 bar, the pow er at
1 cSt is 4.1 kW ,
at viscosity 25000 cP (18519 cSt) the Pv factor is 110.
10000
= 110 x 100 + 4.1
10000
= 5.2 kW
\ I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
and for a fixed speed drive the appropriate m otor pow er m ust be
selected, w hich in this instance w ould be 5.5 kW being the nearest
m otor output pow er above the required pow er.
experience and guidelines w ould be a packed gland arrangem ent w ith
polyam ide gland packing on hard coated shaft sleeves w ith EPD M
elastom ers. Alternative shaft sealing could be a flushed packed gland
or double flushed m echnical seal.
k |It rr a Iitt | a m j itir ] | a i1 t | sir ] Vt |a m t Irit | IIit it r t
| a |t a |a Iit r .
R eferring to the initial suction line sizing curve show n in 14.9, for the
flow rate required of 10 m
3
/h w ith viscosity 25000 cP (18519 cSt), a
pum p having a 100 m m dia. inlet port w ould be selected.
For this exam ple a M odel SR U 5/168 pum p w ill be selected having
100 m m dia. enlarged ports. If a sanitary port is a definite requirem ent
the M odel SR U 6/260 pum p w ould be selected.
To calculate pum p speed for the SR U 5/168 pum p selected the
follow ing form ula is used as a general guide w ith volum etric efficiency
of 99% (see 7.2.4).
Pum p speed (rev/m in) n = Q x 100
q x
v
x 60
w here: Q = capacity (m
3
/h)
q = pum p displacem ent (m
3
/100 rev)
v
= 10 x 100
0.168 x 0.99 x 60
= 100 rev/m in
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ 1
| a m j itir ]
| i] . I . a | a m j - t t a m j |t
Feed tank
3 ft
3 ft
3 ft
6 ft
10 ft
20 ft
3 ft
15 psi
26 ft
7.8 W orked Exam ples of R otary Lobe
Pum p Sizing (U S units)
The follow ing exam ples show tw o different rotary lobe pum ps to be
sized for a typical sugar process.
Pum p 1 is a low viscosity exam ple handling sugar syrup.
Pum p 2 is a high viscosity exam ple handling m assecuite.
As described in 7.1 in order to correctly size any type of pum p,
inform ation is required such as Product/Fluid data, Perform ance data
and Site Services data.
| a m j | ir a ] a r ra j j a m j
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - Sugar syrup.
Viscosity - 62 cSt.
S G - 1.29.
C IP tem perature - 203F.
D ischarge - via 33 ft of 2 in dia. tube, plus 1 bend 90
deg. and 1 butterfly valve.
Static head in vessel = 26 ft.
Pressure in vessel = 15 psi.
Suction - via 9 ft of 2 in dia. tube, plus 2 bends 90
deg. and 1 non-return valve.
Static head in tank = 6 ft.
\ \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
h
ft
p
t
Therefore h
t
= 26 ft x (SG = 1.29) = 33.5 ft.
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
p
t
= 15 psi = 35 ft.
To ascertain h
ft
R eynolds num ber R e = 3162 x Q
D x
w here D = tube diam eter (in).
Q = capacity (U S gall/m in).
= kinem atic viscosity (cSt).
= 3162 x 40
2 x 62
= 1020
| i] . I . |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ !
| a m j itir ]
is 1.0 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 10 + 20 + 3 = 33 ft
1 bend 90 deg. = 1 x 3 x 1.0 (corr. factor) = 3 ft
1 butterfly valve = 1 x 3 x 1.0 (corr. factor) = 3 ft
Total equivalent length = 39 ft
D
= 64
R e
= 64
1020
= 0.063
Pf = 0.0823 x SG x f
D
x L x V (psi)
D
ft
)
f
D
= friction factor.
Velocity V = Q x 0.409 w here Q = capacity (U S gall/m in)
D
2
= 40 x 0.409
2
2
= 4.1 ft/s
P f = 0.0823 x 1.29 x 0.063 x 39 x 4.1 (psi)
2
= 2.2 psi = 5 ft
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= 1 1 . ! ! 1 ! II = I 1 . ! II I \ II 1 I j si .
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
\ t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
W here h
s
h
fs
p
s
Therefore h
s
= 6 ft x (SG = 1.29) = 7.7 ft.
h
fs
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
is 1.0 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 3 + 3 + 3 = 9 ft
2 bend 90 deg. = 2 x 3 x 1 (corr. factor) = 6 ft
1 non-return valve = 1 x 39 x 1 (corr. factor) = 39 ft
D
= 64
R e
= 64
1020
= 0.063
Pf = 0.0823 x SG x f
D
x L x V (psi)
D
fs
)
f
D
= friction factor.
D
2
= 40 x 0.409
2
2
= 4.1 ft/s
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ I
| a m j itir ]
P f = 0.0823 x 1.29 x 0.063 x 54 x 4.1 (psi)
2
= 3 psi = 7 ft
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= I . I I 1 II = 1 . I II 1 . 1 j si .
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1 I 1 s = I \ 1 . I = I 1 . 1 II I 1 II 1 I j si .
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj .
h
s
h
fs
h
s
= 7.7 ft.
h
fs
o
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj = 1 1 . 1 I . I I 1 II = 1 \ . t II.
a pum p selection program . The perform ance curve selection
procedure is m ore specifically described in 7.6.3.
1.5 in inlet connection w ould be required. Although the sm allest pum p
m odels SR 1/008 (w ith enlarged port), SR U 2/013 (w ith enlarged port)
and SR U 2/018 (w ith sanitary port) have 1.5 in pum p inlet
connections, the flow rate required w ould exceed the pum ps speed
lim it on the perform ance curve. W e have therefore selected a
perform ance curve for the pum p m odel SR U 3/027/LS w ith 266F
rotor clearances due to the C IP requirem ent, being the next
appropriate pum p size. Pum p sized as follow s:
Pum p m odel - SR U 3/027/LS.
C onnection size - 1.5 in.
N PSH r - 11.9 ft.
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 34.6 ft > 11.9 ft.
\ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
The viscosity of 62 cSt at speed 613 rev/m in is w ell w ithin the
10000
From exam ple
At speed 613 rev/m in and total head 32 psi, the pow er at
1 cSt is 1.2 hp,
At viscosity 62 cSt the Pv factor is 3.
10000
= 3 x 613 + 1.2
10000
= 1.4 hp
and the appropriate m otor pow er m ust be selected, w hich in this
instance w ould be 2 hp being the nearest m otor output pow er above
the required pow er.
The recom m ended type of shaft seal based upon Alfa Laval
application experience and guidelines w ould be a single flushed
m echanical seal w ith tungsten carbide/tungsten carbide faces and
EPD M elastom ers.
H ard tungsten carbide seal faces due to the abrasive nature of
sugar syrup.
Flushed version to prevent the sugar syrup from crystallising
w ithin the seal area.
EPD M elastom ers for com patibility of both sugar syrup and C IP
m edia.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | \ 1
| a m j itir ]
65 ft
130 ft
3 ft
6 ft
| i] . I . t | a m j I - t t a m j |t
| a m j I M a sst t a iIt j a m j
| rt 1 a t II| |a i1 1 a Ia .
Fluid to be pum ped - M assecuite.
Viscosity - 18519 cSt.
S G - 1.35
D ischarge - via 130 ft of 3 in dia. tube, plus 2 bends
Suction - via 3 ft of 4 in dia. tube, plus 1 bend
90 deg. and 1 butterfly valve.
! 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
t Ia | | t a 1
t Ia | 1 ist | a r] t | t a 1 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
W here h
t
h
ft
p
t
Therefore h
t
= 65 ft x (SG = 1.35) = 88 ft.
h
ft
tube
+ Pressure drop
p
t
= 0 psi (open tank) = 0 ft.
To ascertain h
ft
D x
= kinem atic visosity (cSt).
= 3162 x 44
3 x 18519
= 2.5
| i] . I . 1
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
| a m j itir ]
is 0.25 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 130 ft
2 bend 45 deg. = 2 x 3 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 1.5 ft
1 butterfly valve = 1 x 7 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 1.75 ft
D
= 64
R e
= 64
2.5
= 25.6
P f= 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V (psi)
D
ft
)
f
D
= friction factor.
D
2
= 40 x 0.409
3
2
= 2 ft/s
P f = 0.0823 x 1.35 x 25.6 x 133 x 2 (psi)
3
= 504 psi = 1163 ft
1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= t 1 1 II = I ! II ! \ I j si .
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
! I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
W here h
s
h
fs
p
s
Therefore h
s
= 6 ft x (SG = 1.35) = 8 ft.
h
fs
p
s
= 0 (open tank).
To ascertain h
fs
D x
= kinem atic visosity (cSt).
= 3162 x 44
4 x 18519
= 1.9
is 0.25 (see 2.2.2).
Straight tube length = 3 ft
1 bend 90 deg. = 1 x 7 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 1.75 ft
1 butterfly valve = 1 x 7 x 0.25 (corr. factor) = 1.75 ft
Total equivalent length = 6.5 ft
D
= 64
R e
= 64
1.9
= 33.68
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! 1
| a m j itir ]
P f= 0.0823 x SG x f
D
x L x V (psi)
D
fs
)
f
D
= friction factor.
D
2
= 44 x 0.409
4
2
= 1.1 ft/s
P f = 0.0823 x 1.35 x 33.68 x 6.5 x 1.1 (psi)
4
= 7.4 psi = 17 ft
1
s
= |
s
|
Is
j
s
= I 1 II = 1 II.
t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= I ! 1 = I t 1 II ! \ t j si
In this exam ple the total head required is in excess of the 290 psi
m axim um w orking pressure of the pum p. To reduce this head so as a
pum p can be suitably sized, consideration could be given to any or a
com bination of the follow ing param eters:
1. R educe capacity.
2. Increase tube diam eter.
3. Increase pum ping tem perature to reduce viscosity.
4. C onsider tw o or m ore pum ps in series.
Assum ing the capacity is a definite requirem ent and the pum ping
tem perature cannot be increased the custom er should be advised to
increase the discharge tube diam eter i.e. from 3 in to 4 in.
! \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
The total head calculations are rew orked, and for this particular
exam ple the fluid velocity (V) and friction factor (f
D
) have already been
established for 4 in diam eter tube. Also note, by referring to the
equivalent tube length table 14.7.2 the values for bends 45 deg. and
butterfly valves rem ain unchanged.
U sing the M iller equation to determ ine friction loss as follow s:
P f= 0.0823 x SG x f
D
x L x V (psi)
D
ft
)
f
D
= friction factor.
= 0.0823 x 1.35 x 33.68 x 133 x 1.1 (psi)
4
= 150 psi = 346 ft
K t 1
I
= |
I
|
II
j
I
= 1 \ t 1 II = \ 1 \ II j si .
K t t Ia | | t a 1 1 = 1
I
1
s
= \ 1 \ 1 = \ \ 1 II 1 I j si .
K | 1 a
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj .
h
s
h
fs
h
s
= 8 ft.
h
fs
o
K | 1 a = | a |
s
|
Is
| tj = 1 1 . 1 I 1 m = I \ . 1 II.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! !
| a m j itir ]
D ue to the high viscosity it is not practical to use pum p perform ance
curves for sizing purposes. The actual pum p sizing can be m ade using
a pum p selection program . An approxim ate guide to pum p sizing can
be m ade by calculation using volum etric efficiency.
For this particular exam ple a pum p sized from the pum p selection
program using stainless steel tri-lobe rotors w ith 266 F rotor
clearances w ould be as follow s:
Pum p m odel - SR U 5/168/LD .
C onnection size - 4 in (enlarged port).
N PSH r - 6.9 ft.
N PSH a should be greater than N PSH r i.e. 24.9 ft > 6.9 ft.
The viscosity of 18519 cSt at speed 100 rev/m in is w ell w ithin the
Total R equired Pow er (hp) =
Pv x Pum p speed (rev/m in) + Pow er at 1 cSt (hp)
10000
From exam ple
At speed 100 rev/m in and total head 192 psi, the pow er at
1 cSt is 5.5 hp,
At viscosity 18519 cSt the Pv factor is 110.
Total R equired Pow er (hp) =
Pv x Pum p speed (rev/m in) + Pow er at 1 cSt (hp)
10000
= 110 x 100 + 5.5
10000
= 6.6 hp
and for a fixed speed drive the appropriate m otor pow er m ust be
selected, w hich in this instance w ould be 7.5 hp being the nearest
m otor output pow er above the required pow er.
! t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a m j itir ]
experience and guidelines w ould be a packed gland arrangem ent w ith
polyam ide gland packing on hard coated shaft sleeves w ith EPD M
elastom ers. Alternative shaft sealing could be a flushed packed gland
or double flushed m echnical seal.
k |It rr a Iitt | a m j itir ] | a i1 t | sir ] Vt |a m t Irit | IIit it r t
| a |t a |a Iit r .
R eferring to the initial suction line sizing curve show n in 14.9, for the
flow rate required of 44 U S gall/m in w ith viscosity 18519 cSt, a
pum p having a 4 in dia. inlet port w ould be selected.
For this exam ple a M odel SR U 5/168 pum p w ill be selected having 4
in dia. enlarged ports. If a sanitary port is a definite requierem ent the
M odel SR U 6/260 w ould be selected.
To calculate pum p speed for the SR U 5/168 pum p selected the
follow ing form ula is used as a general guide w ith volum etric efficiency
of 99% (see 7.2.4).
Pum p speed (rev/m in) n = Q x 100
q x
v
w here: Q = capacity (U S gall/m in)
q = pum p displacem ent (U S gall/100 rev)
v
= 44 x 100
44.39 x 0.99
= 100 rev/m in
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! I
| a m j j t t iIit a Iit r 1 j Iit r s
8 . Pump Sp ec ific ation Op tions
8.1 C entrifugal and Liquid R ing Pum ps
. . | t rI | t r r t t Iit r s
Pum ps are supplied w ith screw ed m ale connections of all m ajor
standards, i.e.: SM S, D IN , ISO , B S, D S, G C -clam p, bevel seat, D C
and H -line.
This section gives detailed descriptions of the various specification options
available for the Alfa Laval pum p ranges, such as port connections,
heating/cooling jackets, pressure relief valves and other ancillaries.
| a m j | a r ] t | a m j M t 1 t | K t m ir a | | t r r t t Iit r itt
|r |t I 1 a I|t I |r |t I 1 a I|t I
m m m m ir ir
LKH LKH-5 50 40 2 1.5
LKH-10 65 50 2.5 2
LKH-15 100 80 4 3
LKH-20 65 50 2.5 2
LKH-25 80 65 3 2.5
LKH-35 65 50 2.5 2
LKH-40 80 65 3 2.5
LKH-45 100 80 4 3
LKH-50 100 80 4 3
LKH-60 100 100 4 4
LKH-70 100 80 4 3
LKH-80 150 100 6 4
LKH-Multistage LKH-112 50 40 2 1.5
LKH-113 50 40 2 1.5
LKH-114 50 40 2 1.5
LKH-122 80 65 3 2.5
LKH-123 80 65 3 2.5
LKH-124 80 65 3 2.5
LKHP LKHP-10 65 50 2.5 2
LKHP-15 100 80 4 3
LKHP-20 65 50 2.5 2
LKHP-25 80 65 3 2.5
LKHP-35 65 50 2.5 2
LKHP-40 80 65 3 2.5
LKHP-45 100 80 4 3
LKHP-50 100 80 4 3
LKHP-60 100 100 4 4
! k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
a | |t . . a
| i] . . . I a 1 t a Iir ] I| t t |ir ] }a t | t I
Pump casing
Jacket
. . I 1 t a Iir ] I| t t |ir ] ! a t | t Is
In som e applications heating of the fluid being pum ped m ay be
required to reduce the fluid viscosity so that satisfactory operation is
achieved. Alternatively it m ay be necessary to cool the fluid being
pum ped w here heat is generated by m eans of the fluid repeatedly
being passed through the pum p. O n such occasions som e pum p
m odels can be fitted w ith heating/cooling jackets.
|r |t I 1 a I|t I | r |t I 1 a I|t I
m m m m ir ir
LKHSP LKHSP-10 65 50 2.5 2
LKHSP-20 65 50 2.5 2
LKHSP-25 80 65 3 2.5
LKHSP-35 65 50 2.5 2
LKHSP-40 80 65 3 2.5
LKHI LKHI-10 65 50 2.5 2
LKHI-15 100 80 4 3
LKHI-20 65 50 2.5 2
LKHI-25 80 65 3 2.5
LKHI-35 65 50 2.5 2
LKHI-40 80 65 3 2.5
LKHI-45 100 80 4 3
LKHI-50 100 80 4 3
LKHI-60 100 100 4 4
LKH-UltraPure LKH-10 65 50 2.5 2
LKH-20 65 50 2.5 2
LKH-25 80 65 3 2.5
LKH-35 65 50 2.5 2
LKH-40 80 50 3 2
MR MR-166S 50 50 2 2
MR-185S 80 80 3 3
MR-200S 80 80 3 3
MR-300 80 80 3 3
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | ! 1
. . 1 | a m j | a sir ] iI| | ra ir
In som e applications it is a requirem ent that no fluid should be left in
the pum p casing. This can be achieved by either:
t r
. . \ | r t rt a st 1 | m j t ||t r | a j
In som e applications, e.g. w hen using a LKH centrifugal pum p as a
booster pum p in a cream pasteurisation unit, there is a risk that a
hard layer of proteins w ill slow ly build up betw een the backside of the
im peller and the back plate. This w ill activate the therm al relay of the
m otor after a few hours of operation so that the pum p stops.
The operating tim e of the pum p can be increased by increasing the
standard gap w idth betw een the back of the im peller and the back
plate, from 0.5 m m to 2.5 m m . The gap is achieved by m achining the
back of the im peller. This increased gap reduces the head by approx.
5% .
For this type of application it is recom m ended to select a m otor size
w ith an output pow er one step higher than the standard selection so
as to avoid the m otor therm al relay being constantly activated.
. . ! | a m j | r |t I | r 1 a t t r
In som e applications it m ay be necessary to im prove the suction
conditions by m eans of fitting the pum p inlet w ith an inducer. This has
the effect of im proving N PSH requirem ents for difficult applications
and/or assisting the flow of a viscous fluid into the pum p casing.
- | iIIir ] a 1 ra ir t t r r t t Iit r It
- a rr ir ] I| t j a m j t a I|t I 1 t r a r1 s I| t | t IIt m t I I| t j a m j t a sir ]
| i] . . . 1 a a rr t 1 j a m j t a sir ] | i] . . . 1 | | a m j t a sir ] iI| 1 ra ir
Pump casing
Drain
| i] . . . \ a | r t rt a st 1 ] a j
Back plate
Impeller
Gap: 2 mm
| i] . . . ! a | r 1 a t t r ir j a m j ir |t I
Inducer
Impeller Inlet
t 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
. I . | t It r | t rm
ri-|t | t | t It rs Ia ir |t ss sIt t |
M ost duties can be accom plished by pum ps fitted w ith stainless steel
tri-lobe rotors. The tri-lobe rotor w ith its m athem atically correct
profile and precision m anufacture ensure interchangeability as w ell as
sm ooth, high perform ance pum ping action.
These are available on the SR U pum p range w ith 3 tem perature
ratings:
up to 70C (158
o
F).
up to 130C (266
o
F).
up to 200C (392
o
F).
and pressures up to 20 bar (290 psig).
a | |t . I . a
| i] . . I . t M a |Ii-|t | t | i] . . I . | ri-|t | t | i] . . I . a | i-|t | t
| t It r | t rm M a It ria | | a m j | a r ] t
| | X
Tri-lobe Stainless steel !
Tri-lobe Rubber covered !
Bi-lobe Stainless steel !
Bi-lobe Non galling alloy !
Multi-lobe Stainless steel !
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t
| i-|t | t | t It rs Ia ir |t ss sIt t |
These are generally used for handling delicate suspended solids
w here m inim um product dam age is required. Typical applications are
jam containing fruit pieces, sausage m eat filling, petfood, soups and
sauces containing solid m atter.
ratings:
up to 70C (158
o
F).
up to 130C (266
o
F).
up to 200C (392
o
F).
| i-|t | t | t It rs K t r ] a ||ir ] a ||t
M anufactured from non-galling alloy these rotors have an advantage
over stainless steel, as sm aller clearances (see 8.2.2) can be used,
leading to increased efficiencies.
ratings:
up to 70C (158
o
F).
up to 130C (266
o
F).
up to 200C (392
o
F).
ri-|t | t | a | | t r | t tt rt 1 | t It rs
This rotor has a stainless steel insert covered in N B R rubber, and due
to the resilience of the rubber coating these rotors have a slight
interference fit w ith the pum p rotorcase w hen initially fitted. This
results in im proved pum p perform ance and suction lift capability over
stainless steel tri-lobe rotors.
R otors are suitable for continuous operation up to 70C (158
o
F) and
interm ittent operation up to 100C (212
o
F), and pressures up to 7
bar (100 psig).
M a |Ii-|t | t | t It rs
This rotor is m anufactured from stainless steel and as the nam e
suggests has m any lobes. For the SX pum p range these rotors have
4 lobes and are designed to m axim ise efficiency, reduce shear and
provide a sm ooth pum ping action. R otors are suitable for
tem peratures up to 150C (302
o
F) and pressures up to 15 bar (215
psig).
Large fluid
chamber Bilobe rotors
Gentle
pumping
action
| i] . . I . 1 | i-|t | t rt It rs It r st |i1 s
| ar 1 |ir ]
t I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
. I . I | |t a ra r t t s
W ithin the pum p head are clearances, w hich are the spaces betw een
rotating com ponents and betw een rotating and stationary
com ponents. The key clearances are as follow s:
R adial clearance (betw een rotor tip and rotorcase).
M esh clearance (betw een rotors).
Front clearance (betw een front of rotor and rotorcase cover).
B ack clearance (betw een back of rotor and back face of rotorcase).
| rt ssa rt t IIt t I
The design concept of the rotary lobe pum p is to have no contacting
parts in the pum phead. This requires having the shaft support
bearings to be m ounted outside of the pum phead, w hich results in an
overhung load, caused by the rotors fitted to the shafts (see Fig.
8.2.2b). The effect of pressure on the rotors w ill cause shaft
deflection, w hich could result in contact betw een rotors, rotorcase
and rotorcase cover. As product w etted parts of the SR U and SX
pum p ranges are predom inantly m anufactured from stainless steel,
any contact betw een rotating and stationary parts w ould cause
gallingand possible pum p seizure. To allow for this pressure effect,
clearances are built into the pum phead betw een surfaces that m ay
contact. For the SR U and SX pum p ranges there is only one pressure
rating, w hich is the m axim um differential pressure of the particular
pum p m odel. The pressure effect is less significant on pum ps fitted
w ith rubber covered or non-galling alloy rotors.
| i] . . I . I a | |t a ra r t t s
| |t a ra r t t s a rt r t t t ssa r It
a tt i1 rt It r It rt It r, rt It r It
rt It rt a st a r 1 rt It r It
rt It rt a st t t tt r t t r Ia t I. | t
sitt t I I| t st t |t a ra r t t s is
rt |a It 1 It I| t j rt ssa rt a r 1
It m j t ra Ia rt t I j a m j
t j t ra Iit r a r 1 rt It r m a It ria |.
Radial
Back
Front
Mesh
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t 1
t m j t ra Ia rt t IIt t I
Tem perature change can be caused by the fluid being pum ped, pum p
m echanism , drive unit and/or the environm ent. Any C IP operation
required should also be taken into consideration (see section 10 for
detailed explanation of C IP). C hanges in tem perature w ill cause
expansion upon heating or contraction upon cooling, to the rotorcase
and gearcase com ponents. The m ost significant result is m ovem ent
betw een shaft and gearcase/rotorcase causing the rotors to m ove
forw ard/backw ard in the rotorcase, thereby reducing the front
clearance. To com pensate for this, the SR U pum p range has
increased clearances as show n below . SR U pum ps are designed for
various tem perature ratings for rotors i.e. 70C (158F), 130C
(266F) or 200C (392F). O n the SX pum p range the design of the
m echanical seal elim inates contact betw een the fluid being pum ped
and the shaft. This results in the shaft not being subjected to the full
tem perature variation and therefore only one tem perature rating of
150C (302F) is necessary.
| i] . . I . I | | rt ssa rt t IIt t I
Force due to pressure
Support bearings
Shaft
Rotor
O verhang length
Outlet
Inlet
| i] . . I . I t | r t rt a st 1 t |t a ra r t t
Increased
clearance
Thermal
expansion
Decreased
rotor width
The clearance is exaggerated to show
the temperature effect
Rotor
Shaft
Standard
clearance
Standard
rotor width
Rotorcase
t \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
. I . 1 | t rI | t r r t t Iit r s
Pum ps are supplied w ith screw ed m ale connections to all m ajor
standards as follow s:
All m odels in the SR U and SX pum p ranges are supplied w ith full bore
through porting, conform ing to International Sanitary Standards
B S4825 / ISO 2037. This provides effective C IP cleaning and
m axim ises inlet and outlet port efficiency and N PSH r characteristics.
The option of the enlarged port on the SR U pum p range can be
chosen for high viscosity applications.
The SR U pum p range w hen having enlarged ports can also be
supplied w ith flanged connections of all m ajor standards i.e.
ASA/AN SI125, ASA/AN SI150, ASA/AN SI300, B S10 table E,
B S10 table F, B S4504/D IN 2533 and JIS10K.
Flanges for vertically ported pum ps are not fitted directly to the
discharge port. In this instance an elbow bend is included to w hich the
flange is fitted.
a | |t . I . 1 a
| i] . . I . 1 a a r iIa r j t rI 1 t si] r | i] . . I . 1 | | r |a r] t 1 j t rI 1 t si] r
Ia r 1 a r1 t rt t 1 | a m j | a r ] t
| t r r t t Iit r j t | | X
3A/Asme !
BSP !
BSPT !
DIN11851/405 ! !
ISS/IDF ! !
NPT !
RDG !
RJT ! !
SMS ! !
Tri-Clamp (BS4825) ! !
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t !
. I . \ | t t Ia r ] a |a r | r |t Is
For handling extrem ely viscous products and/or large solids that
w ould naturally bridge a sm aller port, SR U rotary lobe pum ps can be
supplied w ith a rectangular inlet. U sually the pum p w ill be in vertical
port orientation to allow the product to flow into the pum ping
cham ber under gravity from a hopper m ounted directly above or
m ounted w ith an adaptor to facilitate connection to large diam eter
pipew ork.
As can be seen from the table below there is a significant percentage
area increase w hen using a rectangular inlet com pared to a sanitary
port connection. This increases the pum ps ability to handle highly
viscous products.
a | |t . I . 1 |
| t r sitt ! 1 m m t ir
st rt t 1 m a |t t t r r t t Iit r s,
I| t st a rt t r | a ta i|a | |t a s
| | K ! I\ 1 ! , | ! t r
ri-| |a m j | \ I ! .
| i] . . I . \ a | t t Ia r ] a |a r ir |t Is
Outlet
Rectangular
inlet
Hopper
a r iIa r | r |ar] t1
m m ir m m ir
SRU SRU1/005 25 1 - -
SRU1/008 25 1 40 1.5
SRU2/013 25 1 40 1.5
SRU2/018 40 1.5 50 2
SRU3/027 40 1.5 50 2
SRU3/038 50 2 65 2.5
SRU4/055 50 2 65 2.5
SRU4/079 65 2.5 80 3
SRU5/116 65 2.5 80 3
SRU5/168 80 3 100 4
SRU6/260 100 4 100 4
SRU6/353 100 4 150 6
SX SX1/005 25 1
SX1/007 40 1.5
SX2/013 40 1.5
SX2/018 50 2
SX3/027 50 2
SX3/035 65 2.5
SX4/046 50 2
SX4/063 65 2.5
SX5/082 65 2.5
SX5/115 80 3
SX6/140 80 3
SX6/190 100 4
SX7/250 100 4
SX7/380 150 6
t t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
. I . ! 1 t a Iir ] I| t t |ir ] ! a t | t Is a r 1 a 1 1 |t s
R otary Lobe pum ps can be fitted w ith jackets to the rotorcase cover
and saddles to the rotorcase. These are prim arily used for w arm ing
the pum phead so as to prevent the fluid pum ped being cooled and
becom e viscous or allow ed to solidify/crystallise. These can also be
used for cooling purposes.
The m axim um pressure and tem perature of heating/cooling fluid is
3.5 bar (50 psig) and 150C (302
o
F) respectively. H eating/cooling
jackets and saddles should be in operation approxim ately 15 m inutes
prior to pum p start up and rem ain in operation 15 m inutes after pum p
shut dow n.
Typical applications include:
Adhesive C hocolate G elatine Jam R esin
Jackets are available on both the SR U and SX pum p ranges, but
saddles are only available on the SR U pum p range.
a | |t . I . \ a
| i] . . I . ! a 1 t a Iir ] I| t t |ir ] }a t | t Is a r 1
sa 1 1 |t s
Jacket
Saddle Connections
for steam,
hot/cold fluid
| a m j M t 1 t | a r iIa r j t rI | t t Ia r ] a |a r ir |t I X a rt a ir t rt a st
a rt a m m
I
a rt a m m
I
a | t tt sa r iIa r
j t rI 1 ia m t It r
SRU1/005 387 660 171
SRU1/008 387 1260 326
SRU2/013 387 1216 314
SRU2/018 957 1976 206
SRU3/027 957 2112 221
SRU3/038 1780 3360 189
SRU4/055 1780 2688 151
SRU4/079 2856 4320 151
SRU5/116 2856 5032 176
SRU5/168 4185 8160 195
SRU6/260 7482 13888 186
SRU6/353 7482 18240 244
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t I
. I . t | a m j 1 tt r|t a 1 | rt It t Iit r
D ue to the positive action of the rotary lobe pum p any restriction on
the outlet side of the pum p, either partial or total, w ill result in
excessive pressure developing in the pum phead. It is therefore
essential that som e form of overload protection be installed to
protect pum p, drive unit and also lim it pressure build up w ithin
associated process equipm ent. This protection w ill norm ally take the
form of an external spring-loaded pressure relief valve fitted to the
outlet side of the pum p w hich w ill open under high pressure and allow
fluid to return to the inlet side of the pum p via a by-pass loop. O ther
alternatives are to fit the pum p w ith an integral relief valve as
described below , or use of proprietary electronic devices.
| rt ssa rt | t |it I Va |tt s
These can be supplied as an integral part of the pum p and do not
require external pipew ork. The assem bly replaces the standard
rotorcase cover and is intended to protect the pum p from over
pressurisation. It is suitable for bi-direction pum p operation and can
be retrofitted. The valve w ill provide full pum p protection for fluids
having viscosities below 500 cP, above this figure Alfa Laval should
be consulted w ith regard to specific flow rates in relation to viscosity
and differential pressures. The design is such that the valve
m echanism is isolated from the pum ped fluid.
| i] . . I . t a | rt ssa rt rt |it I ta |tt
Pressure
relief valve
| i] . . I . t | | t |it I ta |tt t j t ra Iit r
Rotor nuts
Rotors
Small slip path across
rotorcase cover
Relief valve piston
Large slip path across
rotorcase cover
Relief valve piston moves
back against the springs
Va |tt t |t st 1 Va |tt t j t r
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
As it is a m echanical device the relief valve does not operate
instantaneously due to m echanical response tim e. The valve w ill begin
to relieve at a pressure less than the fully open pressure. This
accum ulationw ill vary depending upon the duty pressure, viscosity
and pum p speed. The accum ulation tends to increase as pressure or
pum p speed decrease, and as viscosity increases. The valve is set to
relieve at the required pressure by the correct choice of springs and
can be adjusted on site to suit actual duty requirem ents.
The relief valve can be provided w ith the follow ing options:
k a It m a Iit iI| | r t a m a Iit 1 tt rri1 t
These valves m ay be pneum atically overridden for C IP conditions and
they m ay be rem otely controlled if required. Air supply should be
clean and dry at pressures of 4 bar (60 psig) m inim um and 8 bar (115
psig) m axim um .
k a It m a Iit iI| M a r a a | 1 tt rri1 t
This valve has a lever to enable m anual override for C IP or certain
tank filling applications.
Pressure relief valves are only available for the SR U range pum ps
fitted w ith m etal rotors.
| a m j | rt It t Iit r | r iI | | |
The Pum p Protection U nit is a non-intrusive alternative to m echanical
relief valves, conventional electronic shear pin or m echanical over-load
protection devices. It is designed to protect Alfa Laval rotary lobe
pum ps and incorporates m icro-controller technology. The PPU is not
a pow er m eter or data-logging device but has the ability to m onitor
true consum ption through continuous pow er m onitoring. The PPU is
not a pre-set device and requires a sim ple set-up procedure to be
carried out to suit specific duty conditions of the pum p to be
m onitored. After initial setting is com pleted the m onitoring process is
autom atic and the pum p is under the protection of the PPU .
a | |t . I . t a
| i] . . I . t t | a m j j rt It t Iit r a r iI
Va |tt j t | a m j | a r ] t - k ta i|a | i|iI K t rm a | 1 j t ra Iir ] | rt ssa rt | a r ] t
| ar j si]
Standard SRU 1-6 7-19 100-275
Pneum atic override SRU 1-6 7-19 100-275
M anual override SRU 1-3 19 275
SRU 4-5 7-10 100-145
SRU 6 7 100
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | t 1
| i] . . I . I a j it a | m t It rist 1 rt Ia r |t | t
j a m j a r iI
The PPU w ill detect over-load and rapidly increasing load. O ne
exam ple of an over-load condition could result from a gradual
increase in viscosity of the pum ped m edia. This condition w ould in
turn result in a higher discharge pressure, therefore increased pow er
consum ption. Another exam ple could result from a partially closed
valve in the discharge pipe also giving rise to excess pressure and
therefore pow er consum ption. As w ell as responding to system
related transients, the PPU w ill also respond to m echanical changes
such as bearing or lubrication failure, both of w hich could result in
pum p seizure if not detected and corrected.
The PPU w ill detect a rapidly increasing load such as that caused by a
solid object entering the pum p and becom ing trapped betw een the
rotors. The resulting rapid pow er increase from this type of event,
even w ithin the lines of the over-load trip threshold, w ill cause an
autom atic shutdow n if desired thereby lim iting the degree of dam age.
The PPU w ill detect under-load since this highlights a condition
preventing optim um pum p operating efficiency. O ne exam ple of
under-load could result from a blocked or closed valve in the inlet
pipe, a burst inlet or outlet pipe, or even an em pty supply vessel.
. I . I k r t i||a rit s
R otary Lobe pum ps can be supplied bare shaft (w ithout drive) or
m ounted on a baseplate w ith drive such as electric m otor, air m otor,
and diesel or petrol engine dependent upon custom er requirem ents
and services available. Electric m otors being the m ost com m only
used m ethod of drive, are described in m ore detail in section 9.
| it t 1 j t t 1
R otary Lobe pum ps generally operate at low to m edium speeds i.e.
25 to 650 rev/m in, and therefore som e form of speed reduction is
required from norm al AC m otor synchronous speeds of 1500, 1000
and 750 rev/m in for 50 H z (1800, 1200 and 900 rev/m in for 60 H z).
This is generally achieved by using a geared electric m otor direct
coupled to the pum p drive shaft via flexible coupling. An alternative
arrangem ent w ould be an electric m otor w ith a w edge belt pulley
drive reducing the m otor speed to the pum p output speed required.
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
W hen exact flow is not critical a fixed speed drive is generally used.
The integral geared electric m otor is the m ost com m only used type
of fixed speed drive. This is a com pact low cost unit, w hich is easy to
install, as it only requires one coupling and a safety guard.
C om plete ranges of drive speeds are available from the different
m anufacturers and usually one can be found w ithin a few rev/m in of
the required speed.
Som e pum ps operate continuously for 24 hours per day and others
operate interm ittently. H ow a pum p operates w ill determ ine the
choice of geared electric m otor. M otor m anufacturers give
recom m endations for their m otors relating to the num ber of hours
per day of operation and the frequency of starting and stopping.
Va ria | |t j t t 1
To handle changing duty conditions or a num ber of different duties, it
m ay be necessary to use a variable speed drive or frequency
converter to obtain correct pum p duty speeds. There are m any types
of m echanical and hydraulic variable speed drives available in a w ide
range of speeds, w hich are w ell suited to rotary lobe pum p
characteristics by offering the ability to adjust the pum p speed to
control flow and adjust for system conditions. The frequency
converter allow s the operator to change the frequency of the electric
m otor, thereby changing pum p speed and controlling flow (see 9.10).
1 I| t r | ritt j t s
Air m otors, although not com m only used as pum p drives, can
provide good low cost drive in certain applications. In addition diesel
or petrol engines can be used as pum p drivers.
| a s t j |a It s
The Alfa Laval standardis a pressed m ild steel or stainless steel
design w hich is required to be bolted to the floor (see 12.3). The Alfa
Laval m ild steel baseplate is supplied painted to suit custom er
requirem ents and the stainless steel has a dull polish finish. An
alternative is to m ount the pum p and drive unit on a portable trolley
design baseplate com plete w ith control gear and trailing lead as
required.
In som e application areas such as dairy or brew ing it is norm al
practice to hose dow n pum p units and floorings in these
circum stances ball feet can be fitted to baseplates, w hich can be a
fixed or variable height, to raise baseplate above floor level.
B aseplates can also be designed to m eet specific custom er
standards w hen required.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
| a a r1 s
All rotating m achinery should be adequately guarded and w hen
pum ps are supplied com plete w ith a drive, a guard is fitted over the
transm ission (flexible coupling or w edge belt) w hich links the pum p
drive shaft to the output shaft of the selected driver.
The selection of guard m aterial is im portant relative to its w orking
environm ent. N on-sparking m aterials such as alum inium or brass are
used w ith flam eproof/explosion proof m otors in hazardous areas. For
non-hazardous applications m ild steel or stainless steel is generally
used.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
M t It rs
9 . Motors
The electric m otor is the m ost com m only used m ethod of pum p
drive, due to the follow ing:
Electrical pow er supply is usually readily available and easy to
install.
H igh efficiency due to low losses w hen transform ing from
electrical to m echanical pow er.
The electric m otor can absorb variations in the torque
requirem ent of a pum p, i.e. as a result of changes in product/
duty conditions, inertia in the bearings, frequent starts etc.
Easy speed control.
All Alfa Laval pum p ranges can be fitted w ith AC type Totally
Enclosed Fan Ventilated (TEFV) squirrel cage three phase electric
m otors com plying w ith various international standards and
regulations such as IEC , C EN ELEC , VD E, D IN and B S. Electric
m otors supplied in the U SA are generally to N EM A standard. Single
phase electric m otors can also be fitted to Alfa Laval rotary lobe
pum ps.
| i] . 1 a | |t t Irit a | | a ta r1
This section describes electric m otors, including inform ation on
m otor protection, m ethods of starting, m otors for hazardous
environm ents and speed control.
I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
The standard design of an AC m otor includes the follow ing m ain
parts:
| It m | t st rij Iit r
1. Stator housing.
2. B all bearings.
3. B earing housing.
4. Fan.
5. Fan cap.
6. H ousing for electrical connection.
7. Iron core.
8. Three phase w indings.
9. R otor.
10. M otor shaft.
The m otor is constructed as follow s:
The stator is fixed in the stator housing (1).
The ball bearings (2) are fixed in the bearing housing (3),
w hich close the stator housing.
The ball bearings carry the rotor (9) and the m otor shaft (10).
The fan (4), w hich cools the m otor, is fixed to the m otor shaft.
The fan is protected by m eans of the fan cap (5).
The housing for electrical connection (6) is situated on the
stator housing.
There is an iron core (7) in the stator housing. The iron core
consists of thin iron sheets w ith a thickness of 0.3 -
0.5 m m .
The three phase w indings (8) are situated in the grooves of
the iron core.
The three phase w indings and the stator core are designed to
produce a m agnetic field in pairs of poles. W hen the stator is
connected to a three-phase supply voltage the m agnetic fields of the
individual phase w indings form a sym m etrically rotating m agnetic
field w hich is called the rotational field. The speed of the rotational
field is called the synchronous speed.
| i] . 1 | | t j |t 1 t 1 tit t I a Ij it a | k |
m t It r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I !
M t It rs
9.1 O utput Pow er
The output pow er is alw ays low er than the rated electrical pow er
due to various losses in the m otor. The ratio of output pow er to
rated electrical pow er is know n as the m otor efficiency. The table
below show s output pow er that is specified in standard ratings.
9.2 R ated Speed
The rated speed of the m otor is alw ays low er than the synchronous
speed due to m otor slip.
The connection betw een synchronous speed, rated speed,
frequency and poles is show n in the table below :
a | |t 1 . a
a | |t 1 . | K t m a m t It rs
a | |t 1 . I a
| rt | a t r t 1 a Ij a I | t t r ir | w
50 Hz 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5
60 Hz 0.43 0.63 0.86 1.27 1.75 2.5 3.5 4.6 6.3 8.6
50 Hz 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90
60 Hz 12.7 17.5 21 25 35 42 52 64 87 105
No. Poles 2 4 6 8 12
No. Pairs of poles 1 2 3 4 6
Synchronous speed at 50 Hz - rev/min 3000 1500 1000 750 500
Rated speed at 50 Hz - rev/min 2880 1440 960 720 480
Synchronous speed at 60 Hz - rev/min 3600 1800 1200 900 720
Rated speed at 60 Hz - rev/min 3460 1720 1150 860 690
| rt | a t r t 1 a Ij a I | t t r ir | j
60 Hz 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 5 7.5 10
15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100
M t It rs
9.3 Voltage
Standard m otors for use on 3 phase 50 or 60 H z can be w ound for
any single voltage as follow s:
U p to 3 kW (4 hp) - 230 to 400 volts.
4 kW (5.5 hp) and over - 400 to 690 volts.
Euronorm m otors supplied at 400 volts w ill generally operate
satisfactorily w ith voltage variations of 10% from the rated voltage.
9.4 C ooling
M otor cooling is specified by m eans of the letters IC (International
C ooling) in accordance w ith standards. The m ost com m on is IC 411
(Totally Enclosed Fan Ventilated - TEFV) w here an externally m ounted
fan cools the m otor.
M ethods of cooling are show n below :
9.5 Insulation and Therm al R ating
Standard m otors w ill operate satisfactorily in an am bient tem perature
range of - 20C (-68
o
F) to + 40C (104
o
F) (class B tem perature rise)
and at altitudes up to 1000 m etres above sea level.
M otors supplied w ith class F insulation system w ith only class B
tem perature rise (80C ) (176
o
F) ensure an exceptional m argin of
safety and longer life even in abnorm al operating conditions such as
w ithstanding am bient tem peratures up to 55C (131
o
F) or 10%
overload or adverse supply system s. M otors operating in am bient
tem peratures higher than 55C (131
o
F) w ill have class H insulation.
Som e derating of the m otor m ay be necessary for high am bient
tem peratures and high altitude.
a | |t 1 . \ a
| t 1 t k rra r ] t m t r I
IC411 Totally Enclosed Fan Ventilated (TEFV) motor cooled by an externally mounted fan
IC410 Totally Enclosed Non Ventilated (TENV) self cooling, no externally mounted fan
IC418 Totally Enclosed Air Over Motor (TEAOM) motor cooled by airstream
IC416 Totally Enclosed Forced Cooled (TEFC) motor cooled by an independent fan
M t It rs
9.6 Protection
The degree of m otor protection is specified by m eans of the letters
IP (International Protection) in accordance w ith standards. These
state the m ethod of determ ining degrees of ingress protection for
both dust and w ater. The letters IP are follow ed by tw o digits, the
first of w hich specifies the protection against contact and ingress of
foreign bodies and the second digit specifies the protection against
w ater. Table show ing degrees of protection is show n below :
rt j it | rt t I rt a Im t r I
M otors operating in tropical clim ates are invariably subjected to hot,
hum id and w et conditions, w hich w ill produce considerable am ounts
of condensation on internal surfaces. C ondensation occurs w hen
the surface tem perature of the m otor is low er than the dew -point
tem perature of the am bient air. To overcom e this m otors can be
supplied w ith special tropic proof treatm ent. Failure to include this
treatm ent and the resulting corrosion can cause irreparable dam age
to stator w indings and m oving parts.
k r Ii-| t r 1 t r sa Iit r 1 t a It rs
W here the m otor is to be left standing for long periods of tim e in
dam p conditions it is recom m ended that anti-condensation heaters
are fitted and energised to prevent condensation form ing in the
m otor enclosure. These heaters are norm ally 110 volts or 220 volts.
a | |t 1 . t a
Complete protection against contact with
live or moving parts inside the enclosure.
Protection against harmful deposits of
dust. The ingress of dust is not totally
prevented, but dust cannot enter in an
amount sufficient to interfere with
satisfactory operation of the machine.
| t si] r a Iit r
sI
| i] iI I
r 1
| i] iI
Protection against contact and ingress Protection against water
of foreign bodies
IP44 Protection against contact with live or Water splashed against the motor from
moving parts by tools, wires or other any direction shall have no harmful effect.
objects of thickness greater than 1 mm.
Protection against the ingress of solid
foreign bodies with a diameter greater
than 1 mm.
IP54 Water splashed against the motor from
any direction shall have no harmful effect.
IP55 Water projected by a nozzle against the
motor from any direction shall have no
harmful effect.
IP56 Motor protected against conditions on a
ships deck or powerful water jets.
IP65 No ingress of dust. Water projected by a nozzle against the
motor from any direction shall have no
harmful effect.
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
| t rm isIt rs
To protect the m otor w indings from overload due to high
tem perature, m otors can be fitted w ith therm istors, w hich are
tem perature-dependent sem i-conductor devices em bedded in the
m otor w indings. W here m otors can be allow ed to operate at slow
speed, i.e. being used w ith a frequency converter (see 9.9), it is
norm al to fit therm istors to prevent the m otor from overloading or to
insufficient cooling from the m otor fan.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
M t It rs
9.7 M ethods of Starting
There are three starting m ethods:
1. D irect O n Line (D .O .L.).
2. Star/D elta (Y/).
3. Soft.
| irt t I 1 r | ir t Ia rIir ]
The connection betw een supply voltage and rated current is very
im portant w ith regards to m otor starting. The sim plest w ay to start
the m otor is to connect directly the m ains supply to the m otor. In this
case the starting current is high, often 5 to 8 tim es higher than the
rated current.
M otors fitted to centrifugal and liquid ring pum ps are norm ally
directly started, as the m om ent of inertia of the m otor is low due to
pum p design and the fluids being pum ped having low viscosities. In
this case the starting tim e w ith high starting current is very low and it
can consequently be ignored.
Ia rI| t |Ia YI Ia rIir ]
If pum ping viscous fluids the starting tim e w ith the high starting
current is longer. It can, therefore, be necessary to restrict the
starting current by m eans of Y/ - starting of the m otor. The current
can be restricted by starting the m otor in Y-connection and then
changing to -connection.
t II Ia rIir ]
The soft start provides a sm ooth start at the sam e tim e, as the
starting current is lim ited. The m agnitude of the starting current is
directly dependent on the static torque requirem ent during a start
and on the m ass of the load that is to be accelerated. In m any cases
the soft starter saves energy by autom atically adapting the m otor
voltage continually to the actual requirem ent. This is particularly
im portant w hen the m otor runs w ith a light load.
Soft starting can also be achieved using a frequency converter.
| i] . 1 . I a | t r r t t Iit r t I I| rt t -j | a st
s ir ] |t s j t t 1 m t It r
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
9.8 M otors for H azardous Environm ents
l t r t s
The degree of hazard varies from extrem e too rare. H azardous areas
are classified into three Zones as follow s:
l t r t 1 ,
in w hich an explosive gas-air m ixture is continuously present or
present for long periods N o m otors m ay be used in this zone.
l t r t ,
in w hich an explosive gas-air m ixture is likely to occur in norm al
operation.
l t r t I ,
in w hich an explosive gas-air m ixture is not likely to occur in norm al
operation and if it occurs it w ill only be present for a short tim e.
To ensure equipm ent can be safely used in hazardous areas, its gas
group m ust be know n and its tem perature class m ust be com pared
w ith the spontaneous ignition tem perature of the gas m ixtures
concerned.
| im j |it a Iit r , a r a rt a I| a I is
r t I t |a ssiIit 1 l t r t 1 , t r I is
1 t t m t 1 It | t a
r t r -| a ta r1 t a s t r sa It a rt a .
a | |t 1 . a
a | |t 1 . |
t m j t ra Ia rt | ] r iIit r It m j t ra Ia rt M a t . j t rm iIIt 1 It m j t ra Ia rt
t |a ss It r ] a sIta j t a r t I t |t t Irit a | t | a ij m t r I
T1 up to 450
o
C (842
o
F) 450
o
C (842
o
F)
T2 300 to 450
o
C (572 to 842
o
F) 300
o
C (572
o
F)
T3 200 to 300
o
C (410 to 572
o
F) 200
o
C (410
o
F)
T4 135 to 200
o
C (275 to 410
o
F) 135
o
C (275
o
F)
T5 100 to 135
o
C (212 to 275
o
F) 100
o
C (212
o
F)
T6 85 to 100
o
C (185 to 212
o
F) 85
o
C (185
o
F)
Group I Equipment for coal mines susceptible to methane gas.
Group II Equipment for explosive atmospheres other than mines i.e. surface industries.
IIA Group II is subdivided according to the severity of the environment. IIC is the highest rating. A motor from
IIB one of the higher categories can also be used in a lower category.
IIC
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
| |a m t j rt t I | r t |t sa rt - | | t 1 a r 1 | | t 1 t
These m otors are designated for operation in Zone 1 hazardous
areas. The m otor enclosure is designed in such a w ay that no
internal explosion can be transm itted to the explosive atm osphere
surrounding the m achine. The enclosure w ill w ithstand, w ithout
dam age, any pressure levels caused by an internal explosion.
The tem perature of the m otors external enclosure should not
exceed the self-ignition tem perature of the explosive atm osphere of
the installation area during operation. N o m otor device outside the
flam eproof area shall be a potential source of sparks, arcs or
dangerous overheating.
Variants com bining tw o types of protection usually com bine dand
etypes of protection. The m ost com m only used and recognised by
the C EN ELEC European Standards is the EEx de variant. The m otor
is designed w ith an EEx d flam eproof enclosure, w hile the term inal
box features an EEx e increased safety protection. Such design
com bines the superior safety degree of the dtype of protection
w ith the less stringent electrical connection requirem ents of
increased safety m otors.
| r t rt a st 1 a It I | t si] r - | | t t
The design of this m otor type prevents the occurrence of sparks,
arcs or hot spots in service, that could reach the self-ignition
tem perature of the surrounding, potentially explosive atm osphere, in
all inner and outer parts of the m achine.
K t r - j a r| ir ] | t si] r | | t r k , | t r k , | t K
These m otors are designated for operation in Zone 2 hazardous
areas. The m otor construction is sim ilar to standard TEFV m otors,
but w ith special attention to elim inate production of sparks, arcs or
dangerous surface tem peratures.
The B ritish Standard is the type Ex N version. The m arking
according to standard EN 50021 is EEx nA, w here EEx n =
European standard for Ex product w ith protection n, A = for non-
sparking equipm ent.
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
The classification param eters of m otors for hazardous areas can be
sum m arised as below :
9.9 Energy Efficient M otors
In O ctober 1998, the European U nion and C EM EP (The European
C om m ittee of M anufacturers of Electrical M achines and Pow er
Electronics) agreed to introduce three efficiency classes for electric
m otors. This agreem ent form s part of the European C om m issions
aim s to im prove energy efficiency and reduce C O
2
em issions. The
burning of fossil fuels to generate electricity, prim arily consum ed by
households and industry, is a m ajor source of greenhouse gas
em issions. Industry w ill, therefore, have a m ajor part to play in
reducing harm ful em issions. For instance by increasing the efficiency
of their production processes, and installing energy efficient devices,
industrial processes w ill consum e less electricity. This, in turn, w ill
reduce the am ount of electricity that m ust be generated to m eet
dem and.
| i] . 1 . a 1 t t rt it t I t |a s s iIit a Iit r
j a ra m t It rs
Environm ent G roup G as
M ines I M ethane
Explosive atm ospheres IIA Propane
O ther than m ines IIB Ethane
IIC H ydrogen
Zone 2
Accidental
presence
Zone 1
Incidental
presence
Zone 0
Permanent
presence
EEx d/EEx de
EEx e
EEx p
Standards
IEC
BS
EN
T6 85C
T5 100C
T4 135C
T3 200C
T2 300C
T1 450C
Ex nA
Ex N
EEx e
Severe
environments
Reinforced
protection
Corrosive
atmospheres
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
M t It rs
M otors account for around 65% of the electric energy consum ed in
industrial applications. Energy saving is dependent upon the kW
rating of the m otor, the loading and the hours run. As such, higher
efficiency m otors can play a significant part in reducing C O
2
em issions. An energy efficient m otor produces the sam e output
pow er (torque) but uses less electrical input pow er (kW ) than a
standard electric m otor. This higher efficiency is achieved by using
higher quality and thinner lam inations in the stator to reduce core
loss and m ore copper in the slots to reduce current and resistance
losses.
The three efficiency classes designated EFF1, EFF2 and EFF3, apply
to TEFV, 2 and 4 pole, squirrel cage induction m otors in the pow er
range 1.1 to 90 kW (1.5 to 125 hp) rated for 400 volts, 50 H z.
For interm ittent usage, EFF3 class m otors can be used and for
continuous usage EFF1 or EFF2 m otors should be used.
a | |t 1 . 1 a
I j t |t M t It r
1 a Ij a I | t t r | IIit it r t X
| w | j | | | | | | I | | | 1
t | a a | It t | a a | It | t |t
t r a | t t t t r a | t t t
1.1 1.5 82.8 76.2 76.2
1.5 2 84.1 78.5 78.5
2.2 3 85.6 81.0 81.0
3 4 86.7 82.6 82.6
4 5.5 87.6 84.2 84.2
5.5 7.5 88.6 85.7 85.7
7.5 10 89.5 87.0 87.0
11 15 90.5 88.4 88.4
15 20 91.3 89.4 89.4
18.5 25 91.8 90.0 90.0
22 30 92.2 90.5 90.5
30 40 92.9 91.4 91.4
37 50 93.3 92.0 92.0
45 60 93.7 92.5 92.5
55 75 94.0 93.0 93.0
75 100 94.6 93.6 93.6
90 125 95.0 93.9 93.9
\ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
9.10 Speed C ontrol
The effective speed control of AC electric m otors has long been
regarded as an adaptable and econom ical m eans of reducing costs
and saving energy.
M a |Ii- j t t 1
| t |t | | a r ] t a j j t 1 t r | a | |a r 1 t r
These have a single w inding and tw o speeds in a ratio of 2:1 and
can be supplied for constant torque or variable torque applications.
| k M | t |t k m j |iIa 1 t M t 1 a |a Iit r
Sim ilar to above except that pole variations can be 4/6 or 6/8.
| a a | wt a r 1
M otors have tw o separate w indings and can be supplied for any tw o
speed com binations.
A com bination of dual and pole change w indings can give 3 or 4
speeds from one design.
j t t 1 t t r Irt | t a r | t
m a |Ii-sj t t 1 , ta ria | |t tt |Ia ] t
t r Irt | a t r t t t r tt rIt r.
a | |t 1 . 1 |
\ j t |t M t It r
1 a Ij a I | t t r | IIit it r t X
| w | j | | | | | | I | | | 1
t | a a | It t | a a | It | t |t
t r a | t t t t r a | t t t
1.1 1.5 83.8 76.2 76.2
1.5 2 85.0 78.5 78.5
2.2 3 86.4 81.0 81.0
3 4 87.4 82.6 82.6
4 5.5 88.3 84.2 84.2
5.5 7.5 89.2 85.7 85.7
7.5 10 90.1 87.0 87.0
11 15 91.0 88.4 88.4
15 20 91.8 89.4 89.4
18.5 25 92.2 90.0 90.0
22 30 92.6 90.5 90.5
30 40 93.2 91.4 91.4
37 50 93.6 92.0 92.0
45 60 93.9 92.5 92.5
55 75 94.2 93.0 93.0
75 100 94.7 93.6 93.6
90 125 95.0 93.9 93.9
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | !
M t It rs
Va ria | |t Vt |Ia ] t
Variable voltage control provides a low capital cost m eans of varying
the m otor speed on centrifugal pum ps. This form of speed control
requires greater derating than for converter drives and is best suited
to 4 pole m achines of 2:1 speed reduction w ith close m atching of
m otor output to absorbed pum p load. These m otors are of special
design standard m otors being unsuitable.
| rt | a t r t | t r tt rIt r
The use of a frequency converter w ill allow speed control of a
standard AC m otor by adjusting the frequency, although som e
derating m ay be necessary. B asic frequency converters w ill perm it
operation over a typical speed range of 20:1. W ith increasing
sophistication such as vectorcontrol, e.g. field oriented control
utilising closed loop feedback; the effective speed range can be
increased to 1000:1.
For applications using variable torque loads such as centrifugal
pum ps, very little derating w ill be required. For applications using
constant torque loads such as rotary lobe pum ps, the level of
derating w ill depend on the speed range required.
The m otor ratings m ust take into account the follow ing:
Increased heating due to the harm onic content of the inverter
w aveform s.
R educed cooling arising from m otor speed reduction.
The pow er or torque requirem ents throughout the entire
speed range.
O ther lim iting factors such as m axim um m otor speeds,
am bient tem perature, altitude etc.
As w ell as m otors being rem otely controlled by frequency
converters, electric m otors can be m ade available w ith the frequency
converter already fitted to the m otor. These arrangem ents are
generally available for m otors up to 7.5 kW (10 hp) and have the
advantage of not using any shielded m otor cables, as there are no
extra connections betw een the frequency converter and m otor. Also
providing room in a sw itch cabinet w ill not be necessary.
t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
9.11 C hanging M otor N am eplates
- C entrifugal and Liquid R ing Pum ps only
In som e instances there are non-standard electrical requirem ents
regarding com binations of supply voltage, frequency and output
pow er. W hen selecting a m otor for a centrifugal or liquid ring pum p,
special attention should be given to the rated speed and output
pow er.
As view ed from table below w hich show s an exam ple for a m otor
fram e size 90LB , the rated speed and output pow er w ill vary
dependent upon the com bination of supply voltage and frequency.
For com plete list see section 14.8. It is therefore very im portant to
specify supply voltage, frequency and required pow er, to correctly
size the m otor.
Ia r 1 a r1 sa j j | tt |Ia ] t , Irt | a t r t a r 1 t a Ij a I j t t r
The m otors can be used in the standard version w ithout any
m odifications for the standard supply voltage, frequency and output
pow er com binations. This is show n in section 9.1. For exam ple, if
using a m otor fram e size 90LB , from the table above, the m otor can
be used as standard as follow s:
50 H z, 220-240v/380-420vY, 2.2 kW
60 H z, 440-480vY, 2.5 kW
K t r -sIa r 1 a r1 sa j j | tt |Ia ] t , Irt | a t r t a r 1 t a Ij a I j t t r
If a non-standard com bination of supply voltage, frequency and
output pow er is required, the standard m otor w ith a new nam eplate
or a special m otor w ith an appropriately stam ped nam eplate can be
used. Exam ples of this are as follow s using a m otor fram e size 90LB
from the table above.
a | |t 1 . a
M t It r | rt | a t r t a j j | Vt |Ia ] t 1 a Ij a I M t It r | a It 1 | t t r | a It 1
| ra m t 1 t t | t t r K a m t j |a It j t t 1 | a t It r | a rrt r I
itt | w rt tIm ir k
90LB 50 220-240/380-420Y 2.2 Standard 2900 0.85 8.1/4.7
200 2.2 New 2860 0.90 8.7
90LB 60 440-480Y 2.5 Standard 3500 0.86 4.4
200 2.1 New 3430 0.91 8.3
220 2.3 New 3470 0.90 7.5
380Y 2.3 New 3450 0.91 4.8
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
M t It rs
| t a m j |t
- | t r t 1 1 t, 1 1 tY, I . I | w
| t a m j |t I
| t r t 1 1 t, 1 1 tY, I . ! | w
1. U se a standard m otor fram e size 90LB .
2. The appropriate electrical data m ust be changed on the
m otor nam eplate.
3. The m otor w ill give an output pow er of 2.3 kW , w hich is
sufficient, as 2.2 kW is required.
1. The standard m otor fram e size 90LB w ill only give 2.3 kW ,
w hich is not sufficient.
2. Select the nearest larger standard m otor i.e. fram e size
100LB . This w ill give 3.2 kW , w hich is sufficient, as 2.5 kW is
required. The appropriate electrical data m ust be changed on
the m otor nam eplate.
3. Alternatively select a specially w ound m otor to give the
required 2.5 kW at the non-standard supply voltage and
frequency com bination.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M t It rs
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
| |t a r ir ] | a i1 t |ir t s It r a st ir | rt t t sst s a Ii|isir ] | | | sIt m s
1 0 . Cleaning Guid elines for use in Proc esses
utilising CIP (Clean In Plac e) Systems
The follow ing recom m endations offer advice on how to m axim ise the
C IP (C lean In Place) efficiency of the Alfa Laval ranges of centrifugal
and rotary lobe pum ps. The guidelines incorporate references to
internationally recognised cleaning detergents, velocities,
tem peratures and pressures used to clean other types of flow
equipm ent, such as valves and fittings, but have been specifically
prepared to m axim ise the C IP effectiveness of our pum ps.
The perception of the w ord clean w ill vary from custom er to
custom er and process to process. The four m ost com m on
interpretations of C leanare given below :
. | | sit a | | |t a r |ir t ss
This is the rem oval of all visible dirt or contam ination from a surface.
This level of cleanliness is usually verified by a visual test only.
I . | | t m it a | | |t a r |ir t ss
This is defined as the rem oval of all visible dirt or contam ination as
w ell as m icroscopic residues, w hich are detectable by either taste or
sm ell but not by the naked eye.
1 . | a t It rit |t ] it a | | |t a r |ir t ss
This can only be achieved w ith the use of a disinfectant that w ill kill all
pathogenic bacteria and the m ajority of other bacteria.
\ . It ri|iI
Q uite sim ply this is the destruction of all know n m icro-organism s.
The follow ing recom m endations for C IP w ill address the first three
definitions.
This section provides cleaning guidelines for use in processes
utilising C IP (C lean In Place) system s. Interpretations of
cleanliness are given and explanations of the cleaning cycle.
1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
In m ost installations it is im portant to ensure the m axim um recovery
of pum ped product residues from the production line at the end of
each production run. W here this is a requirem ent, consideration
should be given to m ounting rotary lobe pum ps w ith ports in the
vertical plane to m axim ise drainability. This w ill m inim ise any product
loss, ease the cleaning of the system and reduce the requirem ent to
dispose of or recycle the w ash from the initial cleaning cycles. B y
m axim ising the recovery of product from the system both the
efficiency of the production and cleaning processes w ill be increased.
R otary lobe pum ps are rarely used as the supply pum p for C IP fluids.
C entrifugal pum ps are generally used during C IP for each phase of the
cleaning cycle. For the m ajority of C IP cycles it is recom m ended that
a differential pressure of 2 to 3 bar is created across the pum p to
prom ote efficient cleaning, w hilst it is rotating at its norm al operating
speed. In m any cases a valve is em ployed in the discharge line of the
system to create the differential pressure across the pum p and a
by-pass loop installed around the pum p to divert any excess of C IP
liquid that the pum p is unable to transfer. The valve(s) setting m ay be
fluctuated during the C IP cycle to prom ote pressure/flow variations
that m ay enhance the cleaning process.
D uring the C IP cycle there m ust alw ays be sufficient flow of cleaning
fluid being delivered by the C IP pum p to m ake sure that the
centrifugal or rotary lobe pum p is neither starved of liquid at its inlet
due to its ow n flow capability, or overpressurised at its inlet due to its
tendency to act as a restriction if it is unable to transfer the full flow of
the fluid being delivered to it.
Internationally accepted protocol for C IP suggest that during all
phases of the C IP cycle a pipeline velocity of betw een 1.5 m /sec and
3.0 m /sec is required. Velocities w ithin this range have proven to
provide effective cleaning of Alfa Laval pum ps, although as a general
rule the higher the velocity the greater the cleaning effect.
G enerally the m ost effective cleaning processes incorporate five
stages:
1. An initial rinse of clean, cold w ater.
2. R insing w ith an alkaline detergent.
3. Interm ediate rinse w ith cold w ater.
4. R insing w ith an acidic disinfectant.
5. Final rinse w ith clean cold w ater.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1
The cycle tim es, tem peratures, cleaning m edium s and concentrations
of the detergents used w ill all influence the effectiveness of the
cleaning cycle and care m ust be taken w hen defining these to ensure
that they are suitable for use w ith the particular product being
pum ped. O f equal im portance is the chem ical com patibility betw een
the cleaning detergents and the product w etted m aterials in the pum p
head and ensuring for rotary lobe pum ps the correct tem perature
clearance rotors are fitted for the C IP cycle. C onsideration should
also be given to the disposal or recycling of used cleaning liquids and
the potential requirem ent for handling concentrated detergents.
Specialists suppliers should m ake the final selection of cleaning
detergents/disinfectants.
W ithin these guidelines a typical cleaning cycle w ould be as follow s:
1. R inse w ith clean w ater at am bient tem perature to rem ove any
rem aining residue. 10 to 15 m inutes are usually sufficient for
this part of the cycle but this w ill depend on the condition and
volum e of the residue to be rem oved.
2. R inse w ith an alkaline detergent, typically a 2.5% solution of
C austic Soda (N aO H ) at betw een 70 to 95C (158 to 203
o
F)
for a period of 20 to 30 m inutes w ould be used. It is also
com m on to add a w etting agent (surfactant) to low er the
surface tension of the detergent and hence aid its cleansing
ability. This phase of the cleaning cycle should dissolve and
rem ove organic m atter such as fats and proteins.
3. Interm ediate rinse w ith clean w ater at am bient tem perature for
a period of 5 to 10 m inutes. This phase should rem ove any
residual detergents.
4. R inse w ith an acidic disinfectant, typically a 2.5% solution of
N itric Acid (H N O
3
) at am bient tem perature for a period of 10
to 15 m inutes w ould be used. This phase of the cleaning
cycle should rem ove proteins, m ineral salts, lim e and other
deposits.
5. Final rinse w ith clean w ater at am bient tem perature for a
period of 10 to 15 m inutes or until all traces of the cleaning
fluid have been rem oved.
1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
D uring the C IP cycles it is im portant that the required concentration of
cleaning detergents is m aintained consistently. A significant increase
in concentration could cause dam age to pum ps and other
com ponents in the system . A significant decrease in concentration
could effect the detergents cleaning efficiency. A facility for m onitoring
and adjusting the detergent concentration should be considered.
C autionary N otes:
1. Pum ps and other equipm ent installed in C IP system s have
com ponents w ithin them that w ill expand and contract at
different rates. C are should be taken not to subject them to
rapid tem perature cycling.
2. Products containing particulate such as fibre, seeds or soft
fleshy m atter have to be evaluated carefully and on an
individual basis, as the nature of these w ill provide an
increased cleaning challenge. These types of product m ay
typically require increased cleaning cycle tim es and/or
increased velocities and pressures during the cleaning cycle.
3. C IP detergent liquids and the elevated tem peratures typically
used for C IP processes can cause a potential health risk.
Alw ays adhere to site H ealth and Safety regulations.
4. Alw ays store and dispose of cleaning agents in accordance
w ith site H ealth and Safety regulations.
After C IP cleaning an additional sterilisation in place process (SIP)
m ay be required w hen highly sensitive products are handled,
inactivating any m icro-organism s w hich m ight be still present in the
pum p. The sterilisation can be carried out be m eans of chem icals, hot
w ater or steam . In the dairy industry the sterilisation tem perature is
approxim ately 145
o
C (293
o
F).
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| t m j |ia r t t iI| | r It rr a Iit r a | Ia r 1 a r1 s a r 1 | a i1 t |ir t s
1 1 . Comp lianc e with International
Stand ard s and Guid elines
A num ber of countries have national standards and/or directives
applicable to food m achinery but there are relatively few international
standards. Those that exist are predom inantly dairy based and are
too general and developed on experiencerather than scientific data.
In the U SA, a num ber of guidelines in the form of third party approval
schem es have been developed for the dairy industry (3-A standards)
and food service equipm ent (N SF N ational Sanitation Foundation).
The structure of these schem es involves representatives of
equipm ent m anufacturers, end users and regulatory bodies in the
im plem entation of recom m endations. U nfortunately, how ever the 3-A
standards have no benchm ark of cleanability or test regim es to
establish cleanability, and the N SF standards are not applicable to the
hygienic design of general food processing equipm ent.
Alfa Laval pum p ranges are available to m eet standards and
legislation as follow s:
C E C om pliance (Safety/R isk Assessm ent).
3-A D esign and M aterial Specifications (C entrifugal and
Positive R otary Lobe Pum ps for M ilk and M ilk Products).
FD A M aterial R equirem ents.
U SD A R egulating B iotechnology.
EN 10204 3.1.B C ertified M aterial Traceability.
EN 10204 2.2 C ertificate of C onform ity.
EH ED G C leanability and Installation G uidelines.
This section describes som e of the international standards and
guidelines applicable to Alfa Laval pum p ranges.
| r rt t t r I t a rs I| t rt | a s | t t r
ir t rt a sir ] t t r t t rr t tt r
sa It I a r 1 | ] it r t ir I| t
| it -j | a rm a t t a Iit a | a r 1 It t 1
ir 1 a sIrit s. | is | a s |t 1 It
r a m t rt a s sIa r 1 a r1 s a r 1
|t ] is|a Iit r | t ir ] riIIt r .
1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| |
The introduction of C E m arking is to dem onstrate to interested
parties that goods or equipm ent w ith this m ark com ply w ith the
appropriate directives of the European C om m unity. The appropriate
directives are those that are concerned w ith the design and
m anufacture of goods or equipm ent. D irectives are intended to
facilitate a Single M arket in the European U nion. W ith em erging
European standardisation, conflicting national standards w ill
eventually tend to disappear, as all EU m em ber states w ill w ork to the
sam e standard, w ith a few exceptions. Som e national differences
cannot be harm onised. In Europe m any different languages are
spoken, and som e parts are prone to earthquakes, high w inds, heavy
snow and extrem es of cold and heat. It is often uneconom ic to design
equipm ent that w ill w ithstand all these conditions.
All Alfa Laval pum p ranges are C E m arked and conform to the
m achinery directive 89/392/EEC as am ended by 91/368/EEC , 93/
44/EEC and 93/68/EEC and other relevant directives i.e. Electrical
Equipm ent Low Voltage D irective 73/23/EEC and Electrom agnetic
C om patibility D irective 89/336/EEC .
O ther applicable standards/specifications w hich Alfa Laval pum p
ranges com ply to are as follow s:
EN 292 Parts 1 and 2: 1991 Safety of M achinery - B asic
concepts, general principles for design.
EN 294: 1992 Safety distances to prevent danger zones
being reached by the upper lim bs.
EN 60204 Part 1: 1993 Safety of M achinery - Electrical
equipm ent of m achines - specification for general
requirem ents.
B S5304: 1988 C ode of Practice for Safety of M achinery.
ISO 9001: 1994 Q uality M anagem ent System .
| i] . a | |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 !
1 -k | t r IriIa ] a | a r 1 | t siIitt | t Ia r | a m j s It r M i||
a r 1 M i|| | rt 1 a t Is
This standard has the purpose of establishing and docum enting the
m aterial, fabrication, and installation (w here appropriate) requirem ents
for the engineering design and technical construction files for all
products, assem blies, and sub-assem blies supplied by the
m anufacturer. The m anufacturer has to be in com pliance w ith the
sanitary criteria found in 3-A Sanitary Standards or 3-A Accepted
Practices. The 3-A Sanitary Standards and 3-A Accepted Practices
are voluntarily applied as suitable sanitary criteria for dairy and food
processing equipm ent.
All Alfa Laval pum p ranges conform to this 3-A standard.
| | k
The Food and D rug Adm inistration (FD A) in the U SA is the
enforcem ent agency of the U nited States G overnm ent for food, drug
and cosm etics m anufacturing. It is responsible for new m aterial
approvals, plant inspections and m aterial recalls. In the U SA, the
Food, D rug and C osm etic Actrequires food, drug and cosm etic
m anufacturers to prove that their products are safe. The FD As
prim ary purpose is to protect the public by enforcing this Act.
| t | | k t a r .
approve plants for m anufacturing.
inspect plants at random .
w rite general guidelines for good m anufacturing processes.
w rite specific criteria for m aterials in product contact.
have certain expectations regarding design practices.
| t | | k t a r r t I.
approve equipm ent outside of a particular use w ithin a specific
system .
approve m aterials for use in pharm aceutical system s.
w rite specific engineering or design requirem ents for system s.
| i] . | 1 -k
| t r a || k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s
I| t j rt 1 a t I t IIt 1 j a rIs t a r
| t m a 1 t a ta i|a | |t iI| | | k
t t m j |ia r t t .
1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| | k
The U nited States D epartm ent of Agriculture (U SD A) is one of three
Federal Agencies, along w ith the Environm ental Protection Agency
(EPA) and the U .S. Food and D rug Adm inistration (FD A), prim arily
responsible for regulating biotechnology in the U nited States.
Products are regulated according to their intended use, w ith som e
products being regulated under m ore than one agency.
Agricultural biotechnology is a collection of scientific techniques,
including genetic engineering, that are used to create, im prove, or
m odify plants, anim als, and m icro-organism s. U sing conventional
techniques, such as selective breeding, scientists have been w orking
to im prove plants and anim als for hum an benefit for hundreds of
years. M odern techniques now enable scientists to m ove genes (and
therefore desirable traits) in w ays they could not before - and w ith
greater ease and precision.
The Federal governm ent has a w ell co-ordinated system to ensure
that new agricultural biotechnology products are safe for the
environm ent and to anim al and hum an health. W hile these agencies
act independently, they have a close w orking relationship.
U SD As Anim al and Plant H ealth Inspection Service (APH IS) is
responsible for protecting Am erican agriculture against pests
and diseases. The agency regulates the field testing of
genetically engineered plants and certain m icro-organism s.
APH IS also approves and licenses veterinary biological
substances, including anim al vaccines that m ay be the
product of biotechnology.
U SD As Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) ensures
the safety of m eat and poultry consum ed as food.
The D epartm ent of H ealth and H um an Services Food and
D rug Adm inistration (FD A) governs the safety and labelling of
drugs and the nations food and feed supply, excluding m eat
and poultry.
The Environm ental Protection Agency (EPA) ensures the
safety and safe use of pesticidal and herbicidal substances in
the environm ent and for certain industrial uses of m icrobes in
the environm ent.
k || k |Ia | a ta | j a m j ra r ] t s
t a r | t sa j j |it 1 ir It j rt t t ss
a rt a sIj |a r Is I| a I a rt
t t r Irt ||t 1 | | | k .
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 I
The D epartm ent of H ealth and H um an Services N ational
Institutes of H ealth have developed guidelines for the
laboratory use of genetically engineered organism s. W hile
these guidelines are generally voluntary, they are m andatory
for any research conducted under Federal grants and they are
w idely follow ed by academ ic and industrial scientists around
the w orld.
| K 1 I 1 \ 1 . . |
W ith the stringent dem ands of hygiene w ithin new food and
pharm aceutical plants being built, m aterial traceability of equipm ent
supplied is increasingly im portant. The EN 10204 standard defines
the different types of inspection docum ents required for m etallic
products. In particular, 3.1.B of this standard refers to inspection
docum ents being prepared at each stage of m anufacture and
supervised tests perform ed by authorised personnel independent of
the m anufacturer.
| K 1 I 1 \ I . I
This standard defines docum ents supplied to the purchaser, in
accordance w ith the order requirem ents, for the supply of m etallic
products such as pum ps. This takes the form of a certificate of
conform ity and can be applied to all Alfa Laval pum p ranges.
| 1 | | |
W e are now seeing increased public aw areness surrounding food
hygiene and food m anufacturers desire to im prove product safety.
W ith no European C om m unity legislation available the European
H ygienic Equipm ent D esign G roup (EH ED G ) w as form ed. EH ED G
aim s to prom ote hygiene during the processing and packaging of
food products.
EH ED G objectives are to produce hygienic design guidelines that can
be verified by standard test procedures. This requires a range of test
procedures for a variety of equipm ent param eters including
cleanability, pasteurisability, sterilisability and aseptic capability.
| t k |Ia | a ta | | t Ia r | t | t
j a m j ra r ] t s a r 1 I| t
| | 1 -| |Ira | a rt ra r ] t t I
| t r IriIa ] a | j a m j s t a r | t
sa j j |it 1 iI| m a It ria |
Ira t t a | i|iI iI rt | a irt 1 .
| i] . t | 1 | | |
| t k |Ia | a ta | | | 1 ra r ] t t I
t t r IriIa ] a | j a m j s a r 1 I| t X
ra r ] t t I rt Ia r |t | t j a m j s
iI| iIs 1 t 1 it a It 1 tt rIit a | j t rI
t rit r Ia Iit r m t t I | 1 | | |
t |t a r a | i|iI a r 1 t t m j | iI|
| 1 | | | ir s Ia ||a Iit r
] a i1 t |ir t s .
1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | 1 1
| r sIa ||a Iit r | a i1 t
1 2 . Installation Guid e
12.1 G eneral
I . . sIt m | t si] r
To ensure optim um pum p operation it is im portant that any pum p unit
is installed correctly. W hen designing a pum ping system the follow ing
should be taken into consideration:
C onfirm the N et Positive Suction H ead (N PSH ) available from
the system exceeds the N PSH required by the pum p, as this
is crucial for ensuring the sm ooth operation of the pum p and
preventing cavitation.
Avoid suction lifts and m anifold/com m on suction lines for tw o
rotary lobe pum ps running in parallel, as this m ay cause
vibration or cavitation (see fig. 12.1.1a).
Protect the pum p against blockage from hard solid objects
e.g. nuts, bolts etc. Also protect the pum p from accidental
operation against a closed valve by using relief valves,
pressure sw itches and current lim iting devices.
Fit suction and discharge pressure m onitor points for
diagnostic purposes.
Fit valves, if tw o pum ps are to be used on m anifold/com m on
discharge lines.
| i] . I . . a k tt i1 t t m m t r sa t Iit r |ir t s
Discharge
line
Suction line
Plan view
This section covers guidelines relating to pum p installation,
system design and pipew ork layout.
I 1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M ake the necessary piping arrangem ents if flushing is required
for the seal or if a m edia is required for heating/cooling jackets.
Adhere to installation foundation instructions.
D o not subject rotary lobe pum ps to rapid tem perature
changes, as pum p seizure can result from therm al shock.
I . . I | ij t t r|
All pipew ork m ust be supported. The pum p m ust not be allow ed to
support any of the pipew ork w eight and the follow ing should be taken
into consideration.
H ave short straight inlet pipew ork to reduce friction losses in
the pipew ork thereby im proving the N PSH available.
Avoid bends, tees and any restrictions close to either suction
or discharge side of pum p. U se long radius bends w herever
possible.
Provide isolating valves on each side of the pum p w hen
necessary.
Keep pipew ork horizontal w here applicable to reduce air
locks. Include eccentric reducers on suction lines.
I . . 1 wt i] | I
The w eight of the pum p and drive unit should be considered for lifting
gear requirem ents.
I . . \ | |t t Irit a | a j j |
Ensure that there is an adequate electrical supply close to the pum p
drive unit. This should be com patible w ith the electric m otor selected.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
12.2 Flow D irection
I . I . | t r IriIa ] a | | a m j s
A centrifugal pum p should never be operated in the w rong direction
of rotation w ith fluid in the pum p. It is possible to check this in tw o
w ays as follow s:
. | a m j iI| im j t ||t r st rt IiIIt 1
Start and stop the m otor m om entarily (w ithout fluid in the
pum p).
Ensure that the direction of rotation of the m otor fan is
t |t t | -ist as view ed from the rear end of the m otor.
I . | a m j iI| t a I im j t ||t r st rt IiIIt 1
W ith this m ethod the im peller should alw ays be rem oved before
checking the direction of rotation.
| t j a m j s| t a |1 r t tt r | t sIa rIt 1 iI I| t im j t ||t r is IiIIt 1 a r 1 I| t
j a m j t a sir ] | a s | t t r rt m t tt 1 .
Start and stop the m otor m om entarily.
Ensure that the direction of rotation of the stub shaft is
a r Ii-t |t t | ist as view ed from the pum p inlet.
| i] . I . I . a | t rrt t I 1 irt t Iit r t I I|t
Inlet
Outlet
| i] . I . I . | | a m j iI| im j t ||t r st rt
IiIIt 1
| i] . I . I . t | a m j iI| t a I im j t ||t r
st rt IiIIt 1
| i] . I . I . 1 | a m j iI| t a I im j t ||t r
Stub shaft
I 1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
I . I . I | t Ia r | t | t | a m j s
The direction of flow is dictated by the direction of drive shaft
rotation. R eversing the direction of rotation w ill reverse the flow
direction.
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet O utlet O utlet O utlet O utlet O utlet
O utlet O utlet O utlet O utlet O utlet
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
| i] . I . I . I a | |t 1 irt t Iit r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 1
12.3 B aseplate Foundations
(R otary Lobe Pum ps only)
R otary Lobe pum ps w hen supplied w ith a drive unit are norm ally
m ounted on a baseplate. Alfa Laval standard baseplates have
pre-drilled fixing holes to accept base retaining bolts.
To provide a perm anent rigid support for securing the pum p unit, a
foundation is required w hich w ill also absorb vibration, strain or shock
on the pum ping unit.
M ethods of anchoring the baseplate to the foundation are varied, they
can be studs em bedded in the concrete either at the pouring stage as
show n below , or by use of epoxy type grouts. Alternatively
m echanical fixings can be used.
The Foundation should be approxim ately 150m m longer and w ider
than the baseplate. The depth of the foundation should be
proportional to the size of the com plete pum p unit. For exam ple, a
large pum p unit foundation depth should be at least 20 tim es the
diam eter of the foundation bolts.
The draw ing below show s tw o typical m ethods for foundation bolt
retaining. The sleeve allow s for slightlateral m ovem ent of the bolts
after the foundation is poured. R ag or w aste paper can be used to
prevent the concrete from entering the sleeve w hile the foundation is
poured. A m inim um of 14 days is norm ally required to allow the
curing of the concrete prior to pum p unit installation.
D = D iam eter of foundation bolts
| i] . I . 1 a | a st j |a It Iit ir ]
Baseplate fixing holes
| i] . I .1 | | t a r 1 a Iit r s
I 1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
12.4 C oupling Alignm ent
(R otary Lobe Pum ps only)
B efore rotary lobe pum p units are installed it is im portant to ensure
that the m ounting surface is flat to avoid distortion of the baseplate.
This w ill cause pum p/m otor shaft m isalignm ent and pum p/m otor unit
dam age. O nce the baseplate has been secured, the pum p shaft to
m otor shaft coupling alignm ent should be checked and adjusted as
necessary. This is achieved by checking the m axim um angular and
parallel allow able m isalignm ents for the couplings as stated by the
coupling m anufacturers.
12.5 Special C onsiderations for Liquid
R ing Pum ps
I . ! . | ij t t r|
The pipelines on the discharge side of a liquid ring pum p should be
routed as show n below to ensure correct pum p operation.
| i] . I . \ a | a ra ||t | a r 1 a r ] a |a r
m isa |i] r m t r I
Parallel misalignment
Angular misalignment
| i] . I . ! . a | r sIa ||a Iit r t I M | - t t I
- ! I-I 1 1
| i] . I . ! . | | r sIa ||a Iit r t I M | -1 1 1
M
i
n
.

1

m
(
3
.
3

f
t
)
M
i
n
.

2

m
(
6
.
6

f
t
)
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 !
rt a | |ts| t t Iir ]
1 3 . Troub leshooting
13.1 G eneral
In m ost pum ping system s, pum ps are likely to be the m ost vulnerable
com ponents. The sym ptom s frequently show the pum p to be at fault
regardless of w hat m ay be w rong. The problem is usually caused by
inadequate control of the pum ped fluid or a change in operating
requirem ents of w hich the system or pum p is not capable of handling
or a com ponent m alfunction.
B efore starting to correctly identify the problem it is im portant to
gather as m uch inform ation relating to the process as follow s:
R econfirm original duty conditions.
W hat has changed in the process since operation w as last
satisfactory? i.e. pressure, tem perature, fluid viscosity etc.
W as the system undergoing routine m aintenance?
W ere any new or repaired com ponents om itted to be fitted?
W hen w as the pum p last serviced?
W hat w as the appearance and condition of the pum p internal
com ponents?
H ow long did the pum p operate before the problem ?
Any changes in pum p noise or vibration?
The m ost com m on problem s found are generally as follow s and
explained in 13.2:
Loss of flow .
Loss of suction.
Low discharge pressure.
Excessive noise or vibration.
Excessive pow er usage.
R apid pum p w ear.
Seal leakage.
| ia ] r t sis t I j rt | |t m s i|| | t
] rt a I| a ssisIt 1 | | a tir ]
j rt ssa rt ] a a ] t s IiIIt 1 It | t I|
j a m j ir |t I a r 1 t a I|t I.
This section offers possible causes and solutions to m ost
com m on problem s found in pum p installation and operation.
I 1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
13.2 C om m on Problem s
1 . I . | t ss t I | |t
A sim ple cause of this could be incorrect direction of shaft rotation,
w hich although obvious is often overlooked. Loss of flow can be
caused by excessive discharge pressure and/or by a change in fluid
viscosity.
In general term s:
For a rotary lobe pum p if the viscosity is significantly reduced,
the pum ps rated flow w ill be reduced, m ore so for higher
pressure operation.
For a centrifugal pum p if the viscosity is increased, the pum ps
rated flow w ill be decreased.
1 . I . I | t ss t I a t Iit r
Loss of suction can be m inor, causing little short term dam age or
sufficiently m ajor to cause catastrophic dam age. Loss of suction
m eans fluid is not reaching the pum ping elem ents or not reaching
them at a sufficiently high pressure to keep the fluid being pum ped in
a fluid state. Loss of suction can be interpreted as the inability to
prim e, cavitation or a gas content problem .
The rotary lobe pum p can be classed as self-prim ing. This m eans
that w ithin lim its, it is capable of evacuating (pum ping) a m odest
am ount of air from the suction side of the pum p to the discharge side
of the pum p. Filling the inlet system w ith fluid or at least filling the
pum p (w etted pum ping elem ents) w ill m ake a m ajor im provem ent in
the pum ps prim ing capability.
The liquid ring pum p can also be classed as self-prim ing w hen the
pum p casing is half filled w ith fluid and the LKH SP centrifugal pum p
range is specially designed to be self-prim ing.
C avitation is caused by insufficient system inlet pressure to the pum p.
This can be caused by an inlet system restriction, excessive fluid
viscosity or excessive pum p speed. Inlet restrictions can include dirty
or clogged inlet strainers, debris floating in the fluid supply that covers
the inlet piping intake, or rags. If the fluid is cooler than design
tem perature, its viscosity m ay be too high causing excessive friction
(pressure loss) in the inlet piping system . C avitation is frequently
accom panied by noise, vibration and significant increase in discharge
pressure pulsation. If a pum p is allow ed to cavitate over long periods
this w ill cause dam age to the pum phead com ponents. The surface of
these com ponents are typically perforated and pitted.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 I
G as in the inlet pipew ork has the sam e im pact on pum p operation
and creates the sam e sym ptom s as cavitation. This can occur under
other circum stances such as a pum p operating at an inlet pressure
below local atm ospheric pressure. In this instance it is quite likely that
air is being draw n into the pipew ork through a loose pipe connection
or pum p casing joint, leaking inlet valve stem , defective or otherw ise
dam aged joint gasket in the pipew ork system . In recirculating
system s, such as a lubrication system w here the fluid pum ped is
continuously returned to a supply source or tank, if the tank and
return lines are not adequately designed, located and sized, air is
easily entrained in the oil and im m ediately picked up by the pum p inlet
system . B e sure fluid level at its source is at or above m inim um
operating levels. Lines returning flow to a supply tank should
term inate below m inim um fluid level.
1 . I . 1 | t | ist | a r] t | rt ssa rt
Pum p discharge pressure is caused only by the system s resistance
to the flow provided by the pum p. Either the pum p is not providing
the flow expected or the system is not offering the expected
resistance to that flow . It is possible that flow is being restricted into
the pum p (cavitation), usually accom panied by noise and vibration,
the pum p is not producing its rated flow (pum p w orn or dam aged), or
the pum p flow is bypassing rather than being delivered into the
system as intended.
1 . I . \ | t t t ssitt K t ist t r Vi| ra Iit r
Excessive noise and/or vibration can be a sym ptom of cavitation,
m echanical dam age to pum p assem bly, m isalignm ent of drive or
harm onics w ith other elem ents of the system . C avitation is especially
true if the discharge pressure is fluctuating or pulsating. M echanical
causes of noise and vibration include shaft m isalignm ent, loose
couplings, loose pum p and/or driver m ountings, loose pum p and/or
driver guards, w orn or dam aged driver or pum p bearings or valve
noise that seem s to be com ing from the pum p. Valves, especially on
the discharge side of the pum p can som etim es go into a hydraulic
vibration m ode caused by operating pressure, flow rate and the valve
design. R esetting or a change in an internal valve com ponent is
usually sufficient to solve the problem .
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
1 . I . ! | t t t ssitt | t t r
Excessive pow er consum ption can be caused by either m echanical or
hydraulic problem s. M echanical causes include im m inent bearing
failure, pum ping elem ents rubbing w hich can lead to a pum p seizure
and poor shaft alignm ents. Too high viscosity can result in the m otor
overloading.
For a rotary lobe pum p too high discharge pressure can
cause the m otor to overload.
For a centrifugal pum p too high capacity (too low discharge
pressure) can cause the m otor to overload.
1 . I . t | a j i1 | a m j wt a r
R apid w ear of pum phead com ponents is either caused by abrasives
being present in the fluid, chem ical corrosion, loss of shaft support
(bearing failure), or operation at a condition for w hich the pum p is not
suitable i.e. cavitation, excessively high pressure or high tem perature.
To avoid any abrasive foreign m aterial entering the pum p, strainers or
filters should be em ployed w herever possible and practical. R apid
w ear is som etim es not w ear in the sense of a non-durable pum p, but
really a catastrophic pum p failure that occurred very quickly. Looking
at the pum p internal parts alone m ay not provide m uch help in
identifying the cause, thus the im portance of know ing w hat w as
occurring in the tim e period im m ediately preceding detection of the
problem .
1 . I . I t a | | t a | a ] t
M echanical seals fitted to centrifugal, rotary lobe and liquid ring
pum ps can be seen as the w eakest point for any pum p leakage and
special care should be taken to ensure the correct seal for the
application is installed i.e. m ounting attitude, seal face com bination
and elastom er selection.
Apart from m is-selection and poor servicing, seal leakage can be due
to pum p cavitation, too high discharge pressure, being allow ed to run
dry and unexpected solids in the fluid.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 1
13.3 Problem Solving Table
The table show n offers probable causes and solutions to the m ost
com m on problem s encountered.
In ( ) next to the particular solution given you w ill find annotation
relating to w hat pum p type the solution is for.
i.e. ce = C entrifugal Pum p
liq = Liquid R ing Pum p
rlp = R otary Lobe Pum p
See table 13.3a on the follow ing pages:
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
K
t

I
|
t
|
r
1
t
r

t
a
j
a
t
i
I
|
r
r
t
]
a
|
a
r

1
i
s
t
|
a
r
]
t
|
t

1
i
s
t
|
a
r
]
t

j
r
t
s
s
a
r
t
|
a
m
j

i
|
|

r
t
I

j
r
i
m
t
|
r
i
m
t

|
t
s
I

a
I
I
t
r

s
I
a
r
I
i
r
]
|
a
m
j

s
I
a
|
|
s

|
t
r

s
I
a
r
I
i
r
]
|
a
m
j

t
t
t
r
|
t
a
I
s
M
t
I
t
r

t
t
t
r
|
t
a
I
s
|
t
t
t
s
s
i
t
t

j
t
t
r

a
|
s
t
r
|
t
1
K
t
i
s
t

a
r
1

t
i
|
r
a
I
i
t
r
|
a
m
j

t
|
t
m
t
r
I

t
a
r
j
|
t
r
i
r
]
t
i
t
a
r
t
M
t
t
|
a
r
i
t
a
|

s
t
a
|

|
t
a
|
a
]
t
|
a
t
|
t
1

]
|
a
r
1

|
t
a
|
a
]
t
| rt | |t m t t = | t r IriIa ] a |, |i| = | i| a i1 | ir ] , r|j = | t Ia r | t | t
| rt | a | |t | a a st s t |a Ii t r s
! !! !! ! !! !! Incorrect direction of rotation. R everse m otor (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! Pum p not prim ed. Expel gas from suction line and pum ping cham ber
and introduce fluid (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Insufficient N PSH available. Increase suction line diam eter (ce, liq, rlp).
Increase suction head (ce, liq, rlp).
Sim plify suction line configuration and reduce length
(ce, liq, rlp).
R educe pum p speed (rlp).
D ecrease fluid tem perature (ce,liq) - check effect of
increased viscosity?
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Fluid vaporising in suction line. Increase suction line diam eter (ce, liq, rlp).
Increase suction head (ce, liq, rlp).
Sim plify suction line configuration and reduce length
(ce, liq, rlp).
R educe pum p speed (rlp).
D ecrease fluid tem perature (ce, liq) - check effect of
increased viscosity?
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Air entering suction line. R em ake pipew ork joints (ce, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Strainer or filter blocked. Service fittings (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Fluid viscosity above rated figure. Increase fluid tem perature (ce, liq, rlp).
D ecrease pum p speed (rlp).
Increase m otor speed (ce, liq).
C heck seal face viscosity lim itations (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Fluid viscosity below rated figure. D ecrease fluid tem perature (ce, liq, rlp).
Increase pum p speed (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Fluid tem p. above rated figure. C ool the pum p casing (ce, rlp).
R educe fluid tem perature (ce, liq, rlp).
C heck seal face and elastom er tem perature
lim itations (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Fluid tem p. below rated figure. H eat the pum p casing (ce,rlp).
Increase fluid tem perature (ce,liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! U nexpected solids in fluid. C lean the system (ce, liq, rlp).
Fit strainer to suction line (ce, liq, rlp).
If solids cannot be elim inated, consider fitting double
m echanical seals (ce, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! D ischarge pressure above rated C heck for obstructions i.e. closed valve (ce, liq, rlp).
figure. Service system and change to prevent problem
recurring (ce, liq, rlp).
Sim plify discharge line to decrease pressure
(ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! G land over-tightened. Slacken and re-adjust gland packing (rlp).
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I
K
t

I
|
t
|
r
1
t
r

t
a
j
a
t
i
I
|
r
r
t
]
a
|
a
r

1
i
s
t
|
a
r
]
t
|
t

1
i
s
t
|
a
r
]
t

j
r
t
s
s
a
r
t
|
a
m
j

i
|
|

r
t
I

j
r
i
m
t
|
r
i
m
t

|
t
s
I

a
I
I
t
r

s
I
a
r
I
i
r
]
|
a
m
j

s
I
a
|
|
s

|
t
r

s
I
a
r
I
i
r
]
|
a
m
j

t
t
t
r
|
t
a
I
s
M
t
I
t
r

t
t
t
r
|
t
a
I
s
|
t
t
t
s
s
i
t
t

j
t
t
r

a
|
s
t
r
|
t
1
K
t
i
s
t

a
r
1

t
i
|
r
a
I
i
t
r
|
a
m
j

t
|
t
m
t
r
I

t
a
r
j
|
t
r
i
r
]
t
i
t
a
r
t
M
t
t
|
a
r
i
t
a
|

s
t
a
|

|
t
a
|
a
]
t
|
a
t
|
t
1

]
|
a
r
1

|
t
a
|
a
]
t
a | |t 1 . 1 a
| rt | |t m t t = | t r IriIa ] a |, |i| = | i| a i1 | ir ] , r|j = | t Ia r | t | t
| rt | a | |t | a a st s t |a Ii t r s
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! G land under-tightened. Adjust gland packing (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! Seal flushing inadequate. Increase flush flow rate (ce,rlp).
C heck that flush fluid flow s freely into seal area
(ce, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Pum p speed above rated figure. D ecrease pum p speed (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! Pum p speed below rated figure. Increase pum p speed (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Pum p casing strained by C heck alignm ent of pipes (ce, liq, rlp).
pipew ork. Fit flexible pipes or expansion fittings (ce, liq, rlp).
Support pipew ork (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Flexible coupling m isaligned. C heck alignm ent and adjust m ountings accordingly
(rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Insecure pum p driver m ountings. Fit lock w ashers to slack fasteners and re-tighten
(rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Shaft bearing w ear or failure. R efer to pum p m aker for advice and replacem ent
parts (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! Insufficient gearcase lubrication. R efer to pum p m akers instructions (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! M etal to m etal contact of C heck rated and duty pressures (ce, liq, rlp).
pum ping elem ent. R efer to pum p m aker (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! W orn pum ping elem ent. Fit new com ponents (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! ! !! !! R otorcase cover relief valve C heck pressure setting and re-adjust if necessary
leakage. (rlp).
Exam ine and clean seating surfaces (rlp).
R eplace w orn parts (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! R otorcase cover relief valve C heck for w ear on sealing surfaces, guides etc -
chatter. replace as necessary (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! R otorcase cover relief valve R e-adjust spring com pression (rlp) - valve should lift
incorrectly set. approx. 10% above duty pressure.
! !! !! ! !! !! Suction lift too high. Low er pum p or raise fluid level (ce, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! Fluid pum ped not com patible U se optional m aterials (ce, liq, rlp).
w ith m aterials used.
! !! !! N o barrier in system to prevent Ensure discharge pipew ork higher than suction tank
flow passing back through pum p. (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! Pum p allow ed to run dry. Ensure system operation prevents this (ce, rlp).
Fit single or double flushed m echanical seals (ce, rlp).
Fit flushed packed gland (rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! Faulty m otor. C heck and replace m otor bearings (ce, liq, rlp).
! !! !! ! !! !! Too large clearance betw een R educe clearance betw een im peller and back plate/
im peller and back plate/casing. casing (ce, liq).
! !! !! ! !! !! Too sm all im peller diam eter. Fit larger size im peller - check m otor size (ce).
! !! !! Pum ping elem ent m issing i.e. Fit pum ping elem ent (ce, liq, rlp).
after service.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
t t | r it a | | a Ia
1 4 . Tec hnic al Data
14.1 N om enclature
a | |t \ . a
This section includes a sum m ary of nom enclature and form ulas
used in this handbook. Various conversion tables and curves are
also show n.
m | t | | tstrij Iit r
Q
L
Fluid losses through impeller
casing clearances
q Pump displacement
r Radius
Ra Surface roughness
Re Reynolds number
SG Specific gravity
T Shaft torque
V Fluid velocity
(Greek letter gamma) Specific weight
(Greek letter delta) Total
(Greek letter epsilon) Relative roughness
(Greek letter eta) Total efficiency
h
Hydraulic efficiency
m
Mechanical efficiency
oa
Overall efficiency
v
Volumetric efficiency
(Greek letter mu) Absolute viscosity
(Greek letter nu) Kinematic viscosity
(Greek letter rho) Fluid density
(Greek letter omega) Shaft angular velocity
m | t | | tstrij Iit r
A Area
D Tube diameter
F Force
f
D
Darcy friction factor
g Gravity
H Total head
H
s
Total suction head
H
t
Total discharge head
h
fs
Pressure drop in suction line
h
ft
Pressure drop in discharge line
h
s
Static suction head
h
t
Static discharge head
L Tube length
n Pump speed
Pa Pressure absolute above fluid level
P
f
Pressure loss due to friction
P
s
Vacuum or pressure in a tank on
suction side
P
t
Pressure in a tank on discharge side
Pv Power/viscosity factor
Pvp Vapour pressure
Q Capacity
I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
14.2 Form ulas
| t si] r a Iit r | t rm a |a | t m m t r Is w| trt
It Iir 1
| rt 1 a tI
Viscosity = where: 2.1.2
= Kinematic viscosity (mm
2
/s)
= Absolute viscosity (mPa.s)
= fluid density (kg/m
3
)
or
= where:
SG = Kinematic viscosity (cSt)
= Absolute viscosity (cP)
SG = specific gravity
or
= x SG 1 Poise = 100 cP
1 Stoke = 100 cSt
| |t
Velocity V = Q where: 2.1.7
A V = fluid velocity (m/s)
Q = capacity (m
3
/s)
A = tube area (m
2
)
or
V = Q x 353.6 where:
D
2
V = fluid velocity (m/s)
Q = capacity (m
3
/h)
D = tube diameter (mm)
or
D
2
V = fluid velocity (ft/s)
Q = capacity (US gall/min)
D = tube diameter (in)
or
D
2
Q = capacity (UK gall/min)
Reynolds number Re = D x V x where: 2.1.7
(ratio of inertia D = tube diameter (m)
forces to viscous V = fluid velocity (m/s)
forces) = density (kg/m)
= absolute viscosity (Pa.s)
or
Re = D x V x where:
= density (kg/m)
or
Re = 21230 x Q where:
D x D = tube diameter (mm)
Q = capacity (l/min)
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I !
It Iir 1
Reynolds number or
(ratio of inertia Re = 3162 x Q where:
forces to viscous D x D = tube diameter (in)
forces) Q = capacity (US gall/min)
= kinematic viscosity (cSt)
or
Re = 3800 x Q where:
D x D = tube diameter (in)
= kinematic viscosity (cSt)
| rt ssa rt I1 t a 1
Pressure (total force P = F where: 2.2.2
per unit area exerted A F = Force
by a fluid) A = Area
Static Pressure/Head P = x g x h where: 2.2.2
(relationship between P = pressure/head (Pa)
pressure and = fluid density (kg/m
3
)
elevation) g = acceleration due to gravity (m/s
2
)
h = height of fluid (m)
or
P = h x SG where:
10 P = pressure/head (bar)
h = height of fluid (m)
or
P = h x SG where:
2.31 P = pressure/head (psi)
h = height of fluid (ft)
Total head H = H
t
( H
s
) where: 2.2.2
H
t
= total discharge head
H
s
= total suction head
Total discharge head H
t
= h
t
+ h
ft
+ p
t
where: 2.2.2
h
t
= static discharge head
h
ft
= pressure drop in discharge line
p
t
> 0 for pressure
p
t
< 0 for vacuum
p
t
= 0 for open tank
Total suction head H
s
= h
s
- h
fs
+ ( p
s
) where: 2.2.2
h
s
= static suction head
> 0 for flooded suction
< 0 for suction lift
h
fs
= pressure drop in suction line
p
s
> 0 for pressure
p
s
< 0 for vacuum
p
s
= 0 for open tank
Friction loss Pf = f
D
x L x x V where: 2.2.2
(Miller equation) D x 2 Pf = friction loss (Pa)
f
D
= friction factor (Darcy)
L = tube length (m)
3
)
D = tube diameter (m)
It Iir 1
Friction loss or
(Miller equation) Pf = 5 x SG x f
D
x L x V where:
D Pf = friction loss (bar)
f
D
L = tube length (m)
or
Pf = 0.0823 x SG x f
D
x L x V where:
D Pf = friction loss (psi)
f
D
L = tube length (ft)
Darcy friction factor f
D
= 64 where: 2.2.2
Re f
D
= friction factor
Re = Reynolds number
NPSHa (Net Positive NPSHa = Pa h
s
h
fs
Pvp where: 2.2.4
Suction Head (+h
s
for flooded suction) Pa = pressure absolute above fluid level
available) ( h
s
for suction lift) (bar)
h
s
= static suction head (m)
h
fs
= pressure drop in suction line (m)
Pvp = vapour pressure (bar a)
or
where:
Pa = pressure absolute above fluid level
(psi)
h
s
= static suction head (ft)
h
fs
= pressure drop in suction line (ft)
Pvp = vapour pressure (psia)
| t tr
Hydraulic power Power (W) = Q x H x x g where: 7.2.1
(theoretical energy Q = capacity (m
3
/s)
required) H = total head (m)
3
)
g = acceleration due to gravity (m/s
2
)
or
Power (kW) = Q x H where:
k Q = capacity (l/min)
H = total head (bar)
k = 600
or
Power (hp) = Q x H where:
k Q = capacity (US gall/min)
H = total head (psi)
k = 1715
or
Power (hp) = Q x H where:
k Q = capacity (UK gall/min)
H = total head (psi)
k = 1428
It Iir 1
Required power Hydraulic power 7.2.2
(power needed at Efficiency (100% = 1.0)
the pump shaft)
t r| a t
Torque Torque (Nm) = 7.2.3
Required power (kW) x 9550
Pump speed (rev/min)
or
Torque (Kgfm) =
Required power (kW) x 974
or
Torque (ftlb) =
Required power (hp) x 5250
Efficiency
Hydraulic efficiency Pump head loss (m) x 100% 7.2.4
(
h
) Total head (m)3
Mechanical 1 - Pump mech. losses x 100% 7.2.4
efficiency (
m
) Required power
v
= Q x 100% where: 7.2.4
(Centrifugal and Q + Q
L

v
= volumetric efficiency
Liquid Ring pumps) Q = pump capacity
Q
L
= fluid losses due to leakage through
the impeller casing clearances
v
= Q x 100% where: 7.2.4
(Rotary Lobe pumps) q
v
= volumetric efficiency
Q = pump capacity
q = pump displacement
Pump efficiency Water horse power x 100% 7.2.4
(
p
) Required power
or
p
= Q x H x x g
x T where:
p
= pump efficiency
Q = capacity (m
3
/s)
H = total head/pressure (m)
3
)
g = acceleration due to gravity (m/s
2
)
= shaft angular velocity (rad/s)
T = shaft torque (Nm)
Overall efficiency Water horse power x 100% 7.2.4
(
oa
) Drive power
I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
a | |t \ . I a
P
2
n
2
= n
1
x
P
1
3
H
2
n
2
= n
1
x
H
1
Q
2
n
2
= n
1
x
Q
1
c-b
D
2
= D
1
x
a-b
P
2
D
2
= D
1
x
P
1
5
H
2
D
2
= D
1
x
H
1
Q
2
D
2
= D
1
x
Q
1
3
It Iir 1
| a m j sj t t 1 - | t Ia r | t | t | a m j
Pump speed n = Q x 100 where: 7.2.4
q x
v
x 60 n = pump speed (rev/min)
Q = capacity (m/h)
q = pump displacement (m/100 rev)
v
or
n = Q x 100 where:
q x
v
n = pump speed (rev/min)
Q = capacity (US gall/min)
q = pump displacement (US gall/100 rev)
v
or
n = Q x 100 where:
q x
v
n = pump speed (rev/min)
q = pump displacement (UK gall/100 rev)
v
| |t | t r Irt | - | t r IriIa ] a | | a m j
Connection between where: 7.3.2
impeller diameter D = impeller diameter (mm)
and capacity Q = capacity (m/h)
and head H = head (m)
and power P = power (kW)
Reduction of where: 7.3.2
multi-stage impeller D
1
= standard diameter (mm)
diameter a = max. working point (m)
b = min. working point (m)
c = required working point (m)
impeller speed and n = impeller speed (rev/min)
capacity Q = capacity (m/h)
head H = head (m)
power P = power (kW)
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
a | |t \ . 1 . a
a | |t \ . 1 . I a
a | |t \ . 1 . 1 a
14.3 C onversion tables
\ . 1 . | t r ] I|
\ . 1 . I Vt |a m t
\ . 1 . 1 Vt |a m t Irit | a j a t iI
m m m tm ir II 1
. 1 0.001 0.10 0.0394 0.0033 0.0011
1000 . 1 100 39.370 3.2808 1.0936
10 0.01 . 1 0.3937 0.0328 0.1094
25.4 0.0254 2.540 . 1 0.0833 0.0278
304.8 0.3048 30.48 12 . 1 0.3333
914.4 0.9144 91.441 36 3.0 . 1
m t m | ir II | | ] a ||. | ] a ||.
. 1 100 x 10
4
1000 61024 35.315 220.0 264,0
10 x 10
7
. 1 10 x 10
-4
0.0610 3.53 x 10
-5
22 x 10
-5
26.4 x 10
-5
0.0010 1000 . 1 61.026 0.0353 0.22 0.2642
1.64 x 10
-5
16.387 0.0164 . 1 58 x 10
-5
0.0036 0.0043
00283 28317 28.317 1728 . 1 6.2288 7.4805
0.0045 4546.1 4.546 277.42 0.1605 . 1 1.201
37.88 x 10
-4
3785.4 3.7853 231.0 0.1337 0.8327 . 1
m I| |Im ir | |I| | | ] a ||Im ir | ] a ||Im ir II I| II Is m Is
. 1 16.667 10.0 3.6667 4.3999 35.315 9.81 x 10
-3
2.78 x 10
-4
0.060 . 1 0.60 0.22 0.2642 2.1189 5.88 x 10
-4
1.67 x 10
-5
0.10 1.6667 . 1 0.3667 0.4399 3.5315 9.81 x 10
-4
2.78 x 10
-5
0.2727 4.546 2.7270 . 1 1.201 9.6326 2.67 x 10
-3
7.57 x 10
-5
0.2273 3.785 2.2732 0.8326 . 1 8.0208 2.23 x 10
-3
6.31 x 10
-5
0.0283 0.4719 0.2832 0.1038 0.1247 . 1 2.78 x 10
-4
7.86 x 10
-6
101.94 1699 1019.4 373.73 448.83 3600 . 1 0.0283
3600 6 x 10
4
36000 13200 15838 127208 35.315 . 1
I I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
\ . 1 . \ M a ss | a j a t iI
\ . 1 . ! | rt ssa rt I1 t a 1
\ . 1 . t | t rt t
\ . 1 . I t r| a t
a | |t \ . 1 . ! a
a | |t \ . 1 . t a
a | |t \ . 1 . I a
a | |t \ . 1 . \ a
|] Is |] I| || I| | | It r I| II1 II| || Is
It r r t I1 a It r r t I| t a r
. 1 3600 7936.6 3.5431 86.40 3.6 2.2046
2.78 x 10
-4
. 1 2.2046 98.4 x 10
-5
0.024 0.001 6.12 x 10
-4
1.26 x 10
-4
0.4536 . 1 44.6 x 10
-5
0.0109 4.54 x 10
-4
2.78 x 10
-4
0.2822 1016.1 2240 . 1 24.385 1.0160 0.6222
11.57 x 10
-3
41.667 91.859 0.0410 . 1 0.0417 0.0255
0.2778 1000 2201.8 0.9842 24 . 1 0.6116
0.4536 1632.9 3600 1.6071 39.190 1.6350 . 1
| ar |] It m || Iir a Im II m m m 1 ] ir 1 ] || a
j si a It r a It r
. 1 1.0197 14.504 0.9869 33.455 10.197 750.06 29.530 100
0.9807 . 1 14.223 0.9878 32.808 10 735.56 28.959 98.07
0.0689 0.0703 . 1 0.0609 2.3067 0.7031 51.715 2.036 6.89
1.0133 1.0332 14.696 . 1 33.889 10.332 760.0 29.921 101.3
0.0299 0.0305 0.4335 0.0295 . 1 0.3048 22.420 0.8827 2.99
0.0981 0.10 1.422 0.0968 3.2808 . 1 73.356 2.896 9.81
13.3 x 10
-4
0.0014 0.0193 13.2 x 10
-4
0.0446 0.0136 . 1 0.0394 0.133
0.0339 0.0345 0.4912 0.0334 1.1329 0.3453 25.40 , 1 3.39
1.0 x 10
-5
10.2 x 10
-6
14.5 x 10
-5
9.87 x 10
-6
3.34 x 10
-4
10.2 x 10
-5
75.0 x 10
-4
29.5 x 10
-5
. 1
|K |] I || I
. 1 101.97 224.81
9.81 x 10
-3
. 1 2.2046
44.5 x 10
-4
0.4536 . 1
K m |] Im || II || ir
. 1 0.102 0.7376 8.8508
9.8067 . 1 7.2330 86.796
1.3558 0.1383 . 1 12.0
0.113 0.0115 0.0833 . 1
\ . 1 . | t t r
\ . 1 . 1 | t r siI
w |j m Is II || IIs |j |w
. 1 0.102 0.7376 1.34 x 10
-3
1000
9.8067 . 1 7.2330 0.0132 9806.7
1.3558 0.1383 . 1 1.82 x 10
-3
1355.8
745.70 76.040 550.0 . 1 74.6 x 10
-4
0.001 10.2 x 10
-5
73.8 x 10
-5
13.4 x 10
-7
. 1
a | |t \ . 1 . a
|] Im
1
] Itm
1
|| Iir
1
|| III
1
10
-3
36.127 x 10
-6
62.428 x 10
-3
10
3
36.127 x 10
-3
62.428
27.680 x 10
3
27.680 1.728 x 10
3
16.019 16.019 x 10
-3
0.578 70 x 10
-3
a | |t \ . 1 . 1 a
I I I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
\ . 1 . 1 Vist t siI | t r tt rsit r a | |t
w| t r | = . 1 w| t r | is
t I| t r I| a r . 1
| t a 1 | irt t I|
kt rt ss
a | t |I | t 1 t t 1
| r itt rsa | t t t r 1 s Ia r 1 a r1 | t r1 | t r1 l a | r l a | r l a | r l a | r l a | r
t| | t ist t I It | t | | r ] |t r 1 \ I 1 \ !
1 0.01 1 0.01 31 54 29
2 0.02 2 0.02 34 57 32
4 0.04 4 0.04 38 61 36
7 0.07 7 0.07 47 75 44 8
10 0.10 10 0.10 60 94 52 9 5 30 16
15 0.15 15 0.15 80 125 63 10 8 34 17
20 0.20 20 0.20 100 170 86 12 10 37 18
25 0.25 25 0.25 130 190 112 15 12 41 19
30 0.30 30 0.30 160 210 138 19 14 44 20
40 0.40 40 0.40 210 300 181 25 18 52 22
50 0.50 50 0.50 260 350 225 29 22 60 24
60 0.60 60 0.60 320 450 270 33 25 68 27
70 0.70 70 0.70 370 525 314 36 28 72 30
80 0.80 80 0.80 430 600 364 41 31 81 34
90 0.90 90 0.90 480 875 405 45 32 88 37 10
100 1.0 100 1.0 530 750 445 50 34 41 12 10
120 1.2 120 1.2 580 900 492 58 41 49 14 11
140 1.4 140 1.4 690 1050 585 66 45 58 16 13
160 1.6 160 1.6 790 1200 670 72 50 66 18 14
180 1.8 180 1.8 900 1350 762 81 54 74 20 16
200 2.0 200 2.0 1000 1500 817 90 58 82 23 17 10
220 2.2 220 2.2 1100 1650 933 98 62 88 25 18 11
240 2.4 240 2.4 1200 1800 1020 106 65 27 20 12
260 2.6 260 2.6 1280 1950 1085 115 68 30 21 13
280 2.8 280 2.8 1380 2100 1170 122 70 32 22 14
300 3.0 300 3.0 1475 2250 1250 130 74 34 24 15
320 3.2 320 3.2 1530 2400 1295 136 89 36 25 16
340 3.4 340 3.4 1630 2550 1380 142 95 39 26 17
360 3.6 360 3.6 1730 2700 1465 150 100 41 27 18
380 3.8 380 3.8 1850 2850 1570 160 106 43 29 19
400 4.0 400 4.0 1950 3000 1650 170 112 46 30 20
420 4.2 420 4.2 2050 3150 1740 180 118 48 32 21
440 4.4 440 4.4 2160 3300 1830 188 124 50 33 22
460 4.6 460 4.6 2270 3450 1925 200 130 52 34 23
480 4.8 480 4.8 2380 3600 2020 210 137 54 36 24
500 5.0 500 5.0 2480 3750 2100 218 143 58 38 25
550 5.5 550 5.5 2660 4125 2255 230 153 64 40 27
600 6.0 600 6.0 2900 4500 2460 250 170 68 45 30
700 7.0 700 7.0 3380 5250 2860 295 194 76 51 35
800 8.0 800 8.0 3880 6000 3290 340 223 57 40
900 9.0 900 9.0 4300 8750 3640 365 247 63 45
1000 10 1000 10 4600 7500 3900 390 264 69 49
|
i
r
1

t
I
,

I
|
t
r
m
a
I
i
j
|
I
t

|

=

t
|
|
i
r
1

I
t
|
t
,

I
|
t
r
m
a
I
i
j
|
I
t
|
t
t

|

=

|
t
i
s
t
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I I 1
|
i
r
1

t
I
,

I
|
t
r
m
a
I
i
j
|
I
t

|

=

t
|
a | |t \ . 1 . 1 a
|
i
r
1

I
t
|
t
,

I
|
t
r
m
a
I
i
j
|
I
t
|
t
t

|

=

|
t
i
s
t
w| t r | = . 1 w| t r | is
t I| t r I| a r . 1
| t a 1 | irt t I|
kt rt ss
a | t |I | t 1 t t 1
| r itt rsa | t t t r 1 s Ia r 1 a r1 | t r1 | t r1 l a | r l a | r l a | r l a | r l a | r
t| | t ist t I It | t | | r ] |t r 1 \ I 1 \ !
1100 11 1100 11 5200 8250 4410 445 299 77 55
1200 12 1200 12 5620 9000 4680 480 323 59
1300 13 1300 13 6100 9750 5160 520 350 64
1400 14 1400 14 6480 10350 5490 550 372 70
1500 15 1500 15 7000 11100 5940 595 400 75
1600 16 1600 16 7500 11850 6350 635 430 80
1700 17 1700 17 8000 12600 6780 680 460 85
1800 18 1800 18 8500 13300 7200 720 490 91
1900 19 1900 19 9000 13900 7620 760 520 96
2000 20 2000 20 9400 14600 7950 800 540
2100 21 2100 21 9850 15300 8350 835 565
2200 22 2200 22 10300 16100 8730 875 592
2300 23 2300 23 10750 16800 9110 910 617
2400 24 2400 24 11200 17500 9500 950 645
2500 25 2500 25 11600 18250 9830 985 676
3000 30 3000 30 14500 21800 12300 1230 833
3500 35 3500 35 16500 25200 14000 1400 950
4000 40 4000 40 18500 28800 15650 1570 1060
4500 45 4500 45 21000 32400 17800 1175
5000 50 5000 50 23500 36000 19900 1350
5500 55 5500 55 26000 39600 1495
6000 60 6000 60 28000 43100 1605
6500 65 6500 65 30000 46000 1720
7000 70 7000 70 32500 49600 1870
7500 75 7500 75 35000 53200 2010
8000 80 8000 80 37000 56800 2120
8500 85 8500 85 39500 60300 2270
9000 90 9000 90 41080 63900 2350
9500 95 9500 95 43000 67400 2470
10000 100 10000 100 46500 71000 2670
15000 150 15000 150 69400 106000
20000 200 20000 200 92500 140000
30000 300 30000 300 138500 210000
40000 400 40000 400 185000 276000
50000 500 50000 500 231000 345000
60000 600 60000 600 277500 414000
70000 700 70000 700 323500 484000
80000 800 80000 800 370000 550000
90000 900 90000 900 415500 620000
100000 1000 100000 1000 462000 689000
125000 1250 125000 1250 578000 850000
150000 1500 150000 1500 694000
175000 1750 175000 1750 810000
200000 2000 200000 2000 925000
I I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
\ . 1 . t m j t ra Ia rt | t r tt rsit r a | |t
a | |t \ . 1 . a
m ir a s \ ! 1 . \ - 1 1 - \ 1 ! 1 - 1 1 1 1 - \ 1 1 ! 1 1 - 1 1 1
| It | | It | | It | | It | | It |
-273 -459 -17.8 0 32 10.0 50 122.0 38 100 212 260 500 932
-268 -450 -17.2 1 33.8 10.6 51 123.8 43 110 230 266 510 950
-262 -440 -16.7 2 35.6 11.1 52 125.6 49 120 248 271 520 968
-257 -430 -16.1 3 37.4 11.7 53 127.4 54 130 266 277 530 986
-251 -420 -15.6 4 39.2 12.2 54 129.2 60 140 284 282 540 1004
-246 -410 -15.0 5 41.0 12.8 55 131.0 66 150 302 288 550 1022
-240 -400 -14.4 6 42.8 13.3 56 132.8 71 160 320 293 560 1040
-234 -390 -13.9 7 44.6 13.9 57 134.6 77 170 338 299 570 1058
-229 -380 -13.3 8 46.4 14.4 58 136.4 82 180 356 304 580 1076
-223 -370 -12.8 9 48.2 15.0 59 138.2 88 190 374 310 590 1094
-218 -360 -12.2 10 50.0 15.6 60 140.0 93 200 392 316 600 1112
-212 -350 -11.7 11 51.8 16.1 61 141.8 99 210 410 321 610 1130
-207 -340 -11.1 12 53.6 16.7 62 143.6 100 212 414 327 620 1148
-201 -330 -10.6 13 55.4 17.2 63 145.4 104 220 428 332 630 1166
-196 -320 -10.0 14 57.2 17.8 64 147.2 110 230 446 338 640 1184
-190 -310 -9.4 15 59.0 18.3 65 149.0 116 240 464 343 650 1202
-184 -300 -8.9 16 60.8 18.9 66 150.8 121 250 482 349 660 1220
-179 -290 -8.3 17 62.6 19.4 67 152.6 127 260 500 354 670 1238
-173 -280 -7.8 18 64.4 20.0 68 154.4 132 270 518 360 680 1256
-169 -273 -459.4 -7.2 19 66.2 20.6 69 156.2 138 280 536 366 690 1274
-168 -270 -454 -6.7 20 68.0 21.1 70 158.0 143 290 554 371 700 1292
-162 -260 -436 -6.1 21 69.8 21.7 71 159.8 149 300 572 377 710 1310
-157 -250 -418 -5.6 22 71.6 22.2 72 161.6 154 310 590 382 720 1328
-151 -240 -400 -5.0 23 73.4 22.8 73 163.4 160 320 608 388 730 1346
-146 -230 -382 -4.4 24 75.2 23.3 74 165.2 166 330 626 393 740 1364
-140 -220 -364 -3.9 25 77.0 23.9 75 167.0 171 340 644 399 750 1382
-134 -210 -346 -3.3 26 78.8 24.4 76 168.8 177 350 662 404 760 1400
-129 -200 -328 -2.8 27 80.6 25.0 77 170.6 182 360 680 410 770 1418
-123 -190 -310 -2.2 28 82.4 25.6 78 172.4 188 370 698 416 780 1436
-118 -180 -292 -1.7 29 84.2 26.1 79 174.2 193 380 716 421 790 1454
-112 -170 -274 -1.1 30 86.0 26,7 80 176.0 199 390 734 427 800 1472
-107 -160 -256 -0.6 31 87.8 27.2 81 177.8 204 400 752 432 810 1490
-101 -150 -238 0.0 32 89.6 27.8 82 179.6 210 410 770 438 820 1508
-96 -140 -220 0.6 33 91.4 28.3 83 181.4 216 420 788 443 830 1526
-90 -130 -202 1.1 34 93.2 28.9 84 183.2 221 430 806 449 840 1544
-84 -120 -184 1.7 35 95.0 29.4 85 185.0 227 440 824 454 850 1562
-79 -110 -166 2.2 36 96.8 30.0 86 186.8 232 450 842 460 860 1580
-73 -100 -148 2.8 37 98.6 30.6 87 188.6 238 460 860 466 870 1598
-68 -90 -130 3.3 38 100.4 31.1 88 190.4 243 470 878 471 880 1616
-62 -80 -112 3.9 39 102.2 31.7 89 192.2 249 480 896 477 890 1634
-57 -70 -94 4.4 40 104.0 32.2 90 194.0 254 490 914 482 900 1652
-51 -60 -76 5.0 41 105.8 32.8 91 195.8 488 910 1670
-46 -50 -58 5.6 42 107.6 33.3 92 197.6 493 920 1688
-40 -40 -40 6.1 43 109.4 33.9 93 199.4 499 930 1706
-34 -30 -22 6.7 44 111.2 34.4 94 201.2 504 940 1724
-29 -20 -4 7.2 45 113.0 35.0 95 203.0 510 950 1742
-23 -10 14 7.8 46 114.8 35.6 96 204.8 516 960 1760
-17.8 0 32 8.3 47 116.6 36.1 97 206.6 521 970 1778
8.9 48 118.4 36.7 98 208.4 527 980 1796
9.4 49 120.2 37.2 99 210.2 532 990 1814
37.8 100 212.0 538 1000 1832
Locate temperature in middle column. If in C read the F equivalent in the right hand column.
If in F read C equivalent in the left hand column. C = ( F - 32 ) x 0.5556 F = ( C x 1.8 ) + 32
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I I !
14.4 W ater Vapour Pressure Table
a | |t \ . \ a
t m j . | t r s iI Va j t a r j rt ssa rt | tj
| | ] Im
1
| | a
0 999.8 0.61
5 1000.0 0.87
10 999.7 1.23
15 999.1 1.71
20 998.2 2.33
25 997.1 3.40
30 995.7 4.25
35 994.1 5.62
40 992.2 7.38
45 990.2 9.60
50 988.0 12.3
55 985.7 15.7
60 983.2 19.9
65 980.6 25.1
70 977.8 31.2
75 974.9 38.6
80 971.8 47.5
85 968.6 57.9
90 965.3 70.1
95 961.9 84.7
100 958.4 101.3
Va j t a r j rt ssa rt . 1 bar = 100 kPa = 10
5
N/m
2
I I t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
14.5 Pressure D rop C urve for 100 m ISO /D IN Tube
1 bar 10 m (m etre liquid colum n)
| i] . \ . ! a | rt ssa rt | rt j | a rtt
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I I I
14.6 Velocity (m /s) in ISO and D IN Tubes at various C apacities
1 m
3
/h = 1000 l/h
| i] . \ . t a | t r r t t Iit r | t It t r tt |t t iI
a r 1 t a j a t iI a I 1 iIIt rt r I Ia | t 1 im t r sit r s
1 I 1 1 1 1 \ 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 \ 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1
|I|
m Is
14.7 Equivalent Tube Length Table
\ . I . | 1 a | t M t Irit
| | a ij m t r I It r | 1 Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir m t Irt s j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I I m Is I ! m m 1 m m ! m m t 1 . ! m m I t m m 1 . t m m
t a I t a |t t s
1. SRC, SMO 7 6 12 21 30
2. 5 4 6 14 19
3. 4 10 12 15 29
4. 3 4 7 12 26
5. 5 14 27 32 50
6. 5 10 21 22 39
1. SRC-LS 7 12 11 8
2. 3 8 7 6
3. 7 8 9 14
4. 5 4 6 11
5. 8 13 13 19
6. 7 10 11 17
k st j Iit st a I ta |tt s
1. ARC, AMO 7 13 28 43 55
2. 5 9 21 27 36
3. 4 10 20 32 55
4. 4 8 15 29 39
5. 6 18 37 61 88
6. 5 15 28 50 75
1. ARC-SB 8 15 20
2. 8 15 20
3. 6 10 18
4. 8 17 44
1 I| t r ta |tt s
Non-return valve LKC-2 7 10 12 21 20 26
Butterfly valve LKB 1 1 1 1 2 2
1. Koltek MH 1 2 3 5 6 7
2. 1 2 4 6 9 10
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I I 1
a | |t \ . I . a
| | a ij m t r I It r | 1 Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir m t Irt s j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I I m Is I ! m m 1 m m ! m m t 1 . ! m m I t m m 1 . t m m
M it j rt t I ta |tt s
1. Unique * 14 14 27 25 26
2. 14 14 27 25 26
3. 5 4 6 5 4
4. 6 5 7 7 5
1. SMP-SC 14 17 32 55
2. 14 16 25 41
3. 4 4 5 5
4. 4 5 5 14
1. SMP-SC, 3-body 8 14 27 45
2. 8 16 29 52
1. SMP-BC 3 3 4 3 6
2. 3 6 11 8 18
3. 3 5 7 7 11
4. 7 11 13 15 32
5. 6 10 13 14 31
6. 9 12 34 25 101
7. 6 12 34 23 101
1. SMP-BCA 2 3 4 3 6
2. 5 10 18 29 84
3. 3 9 16 29 81
4. 6 18 30 41 104
5. 5 12 20 27 75
6. 5 14 41 41 152
7. 6 14 34 38 146
1. SMP-TO 5 6
2. 8 23
3. 5 24
a | t s a r 1 IiIIir ] s
Bend 90 deg. 0.3 1 1 1 1 2
Bend 45 deg. 0.2 0.4 1 1 1 1
Tee (out through side port) 1 2 3 4 5 7
Tee (in through side port) 1 2 2 3 4 5
* Pressure drop/equivalent tube length is for unbalanced upper plug and balanced lower plug.
For other combinations use the CAS Unique configuration tool.
I 1 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
\ . I . I | 1 a | t | t t I
| | a ij m t r I It r | 1 Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir It t I j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I t IIIs ir . ! ir I ir I . ! ir 1 ir \ ir
t a I t a |t t s
1. SRC, SMO 23 20 39 69 98
2. 16 13 20 46 62
3. 13 33 39 49 95
4. 10 13 23 39 85
5. 16 46 89 105 164
6. 16 33 69 72 128
1. SRC-LS 23 39 36 26
2. 10 26 23 20
3. 23 26 30 46
4. 16 13 20 36
5. 26 43 43 62
6. 23 33 36 56
t a I t a |t t s
1. ARC, AMO 23 43 92 141 180
2. 16 30 69 89 118
3. 13 33 66 105 180
4. 13 26 49 95 128
5. 20 59 121 200 289
6. 16 49 92 164 246
1. ARC-SB 26 49 66
2. 26 49 66
3. 20 33 59
4. 26 56 144
1 I| t r ta |tt s
Butterfly valve LKB 3 3 3 3 7 7
1. Koltek MH 3 7 10 16 20 23
2. 3 7 13 20 30 33
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1
a | |t \ . I . I a
| | a ij m t r I It r | 1 Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir It t I j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I t IIIs ir . ! ir I ir I . ! ir 1 ir \ ir
1. Unique * 46 46 89 82 85
2. 46 46 89 82 85
3. 16 13 20 16 13
4. 20 16 23 23 16
1. SMP-SC 46 56 105 180
2. 46 52 82 135
3. 13 13 16 16
4. 13 16 16 46
1. SMP-SC, 3-body 26 46 89 148
2. 26 52 95 171
1. SMP-BC 10 10 13 10 20
2. 10 20 36 26 59
3. 10 16 23 23 36
4. 23 36 43 49 105
5. 20 33 43 46 102
6. 30 39 112 82 331
7. 20 39 112 75 331
1. SMP-BCA 7 10 13 10 20
2. 16 33 59 95 276
3. 10 30 52 95 266
4. 20 59 98 135 341
5. 16 39 66 89 246
6. 16 46 135 135 499
7. 20 46 112 125 479
1. SMP-TO 16 20
2. 26 75
3. 16 79
Bend 90 deg. 1 3 3 3 3 7
Bend 45 deg. 1 1 3 3 3 3
I 1 I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
\ . I . 1 | | K a | t M t Irit
| | a ij m t r I It r | | K Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir m t Irt s j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I I m Is | K I! | K \1 | K !1 | K t! | K 1 | K 11 | K I! | K !1
t a I t a |t t s
1. SRC, SMO 8 7 15 28 33 18 44
2. 6 6 9 21 23 22 72
3. 4 11 18 27 33 29 72
4. 4 6 12 23 28 27 69
5. 6 18 44 54 57 49 150
6. 6 15 34 36 43 38 89
1. SRC-LS 9 19 21 9
2. 4 10 14 7
3. 9 13 18 17
4. 8 7 12 13
5. 11 19 24 22
6. 10 16 22 18
1. ARC, AMO 8 15 42 64 64
2. 6 11 28 44 40
3. 5 13 26 46 57
4. 5 9 22 44 43
5. 7 20 54 98 94
6. 6 17 40 77 84
1. ARC-SB 10 21 34
2. 10 21 34
3. 6 11 24
4. 9 21 64
1 I| t r ta |tt s
Butterfly valve LKB 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1
1. Koltek MH 2 2 5 9 10 8
2. 2 2 5 9 14 13
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 1
a | |t \ . I . 1 a
| | a ij m t r I It r | | K Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir m t Irt s j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I I m Is | K I! | K \1 | K !1 | K t! | K 1 | K 11 | K I! | K !1
1. Unique * 14 14 27 25 26
2. 14 14 27 25 26
3. 5 4 6 5 4
4. 6 5 7 7 5
1. SMP-SC 15 24 54 64 49 89
2. 14 22 41 50 53 133
3. 4 6 6 6 7 22
4. 4 6 6 15 7 22
1. SMP-SC, 3-body 9 22 44 54
2. 9 25 54 64
1. SMP-BC 3 4 5 5 7 4 8
2. 4 7 13 15 21 38 78
3. 4 6 11 12 20 31 61
4. 9 17 22 24 40
5. 7 13 22 23 37
6. 10 15 52 44 114
7. 9 15 52 44 114
1. SMP-BCA 3 4 5 5 6
2. 6 13 32 51 97
3. 3 12 25 49 94
4. 9 24 46 72 124
5. 6 15 30 46 84
6. 8 20 62 67 174
7. 9 21 54 64 167
1. SMP-TO 7 8
2. 11 28
3. 8 30
Bend 90 deg. 0.3 1 1 1 1 2
Bend 45 deg. 0.2 0.4 1 1 1 1
I 1 \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
\ . I . \ | | K a | t | t t I
| | a ij m t r I It r | | K Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir It t I j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I t IIIs ir . ! ir I ir I . ! ir 1 ir \ ir ! ir t ir
t a I t a |t t s
1. SRC, SMO 26 23 49 92 108 59 144
2. 20 20 30 69 75 72 236
3. 13 36 59 89 108 95 236
4. 13 20 39 75 92 89 226
5. 20 59 144 177 187 161 492
6. 20 49 112 118 141 125 292
1. SRC-LS 30 62 69 30
2. 13 33 46 23
3. 30 43 59 56
4. 26 23 39 43
5. 36 62 79 72
6. 33 52 72 59
1. ARC, AMO 26 49 138 210 210
2. 20 36 92 144 131
3. 16 43 85 151 187
4. 16 30 72 144 141
5. 30 66 177 322 308
6. 20 56 131 253 276
1. ARC-SB 33 69 112
2. 33 69 112
3. 20 36 79
4. 30 69 210
1 I| t r ta |tt s
Butterfly valve LKB 7 3 3 7 7 7 7 3
1. Koltek MH 7 7 16 30 33 26
2. 7 7 16 30 46 43
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 !
a | |t \ . I . \ a
| | a ij m t r I It r | | K Ia | t | | a ita |t r I Ia | t |t r ] I| ir It t I j t r a r iI
It r a It r a I t IIIs ir . ! ir I ir I . ! ir 1 ir \ ir ! ir t ir
1. Unique * 46 46 89 82 85
2. 46 46 89 82 85
3. 16 13 20 16 13
4. 20 16 23 23 16
1. SMP-SC 49 79 177 210 161 292
2. 46 72 135 164 174 436
3. 13 20 20 20 23 72
4. 13 20 20 49 23 72
1. SMP-SC, 3-body 30 72 144 177
2. 30 82 177 210
1. SMP-BC 10 13 16 16 23 13 26
2. 13 23 43 49 69 125 256
3. 13 20 36 39 66 102 200
4. 30 56 72 79 131
5. 23 43 72 75 121
6. 33 49 171 144 374
7. 30 49 171 144 374
1. SMP-BCA 10 13 16 16 20
2. 20 43 105 167 318
3. 10 39 82 161 308
4. 30 79 151 236 407
5. 20 49 98 151 276
6. 26 66 203 220 571
7. 30 69 177 210 548
1. SMP-TO 23 26
2. 36 92
3. 26 98
Tubes and fittings
Bend 90 deg. 1 3 3 3 3 7
Bend 45 deg. 1 1 3 3 3 3
I 1 t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
14.8 M oody D iagram
| i] . \ . a M t t 1 1 ia ] ra m It r I
|
a IIt r M i||t r
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 I
14.9 Initial Suction Line Sizing
|
|
t

r
a
I
t

-

m
1
I
|
| i] . \ . 1 a | r iIia | sa t Iit r |ir t sitir ]
100 100 100 100 100
Vist t siI - t I
I 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
14.10 Elastom er C om patibility G uide
Listed below are fluids com m only pum ped.
The elastom er com patibilty is for guidance purposes only as this m ay
be affected by tem perature.
The fluid viscous behaviour type show n relates to general term s
- in som e instances Pseudoplastic fluids can have Thixotropic
tendencies.
( ) - Fluid can becom e D ilatant at high concentration and high
shear rate.
( ) - If low concentration, this can be N ew tonian.
K a m t t I | |a i1 | a m j t 1 | |a sIt m t r M a It ria | Vist t a s | t | a tit a r j t
K | | | | | M | | M | | |
ACETIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
ACETONE ! ! Newtonian
ADHESIVE - SOLVENT BASED ! Pseudoplastic
ADHESIVE - WATER BASED ! ! Pseudoplastic
ALUM SLUDGE ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE ! ! Newtonian
ANIMAL FAT ! ! Newtonian
BABY BATH ! ! Pseudoplastic
BABY LOTION ! ! Pseudoplastic
BABY OIL ! ! Newtonian
BATH FOAM ! ! Pseudoplastic
BATTER ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
BEER ! ! ! Newtonian
BENTONITE SUSPENSION ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
BISCUIT CREAM ! ! Pseudoplastic
BISULPHITE ! ! ! ! Newtonian
BITUMEN ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
BLACK LIQUOR ! ! Newtonian
BLEACH ! ! ! Newtonian
BLOOD ! ! ! Newtonian
BODY LOTION ! ! Pseudoplastic
BODY SCRUB ! ! Pseudoplastic
BRINE ! ! ! ! Newtonian
BUTTER ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CALCIUM CARBONATE SLURRY ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CARAMEL - COLOURING ! ! ! Newtonian
CARAMEL - TOFFEE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CASTOR OIL ! ! ! Newtonian
CELLULOSE ACETATE DOPE ! Pseudoplastic
CELLULOSE SUSPENSION ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CERAMIC SLIP ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I 1 1
K | | | | | M | | M | | |
CHEESE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CHEWING GUM ! Pseudoplastic
CHINA CLAY SLURRY ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
CHOCOLATE ! ! Pseudoplastic
CHROMIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
CHUTNEY ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CITRIC ACID ! ! ! ! Newtonian
COAL TAR ! ! Newtonian
COCOA BUTTER ! ! Newtonian
COCOA LIQUOR ! ! Pseudoplastic
COCONUT CREAM ! ! Pseudoplastic
COLLAGEN GEL ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CONDENSED MILK ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
COPPER SULPHATE ! ! ! Newtonian
CORN STEEP LIQUOR ! ! ! Newtonian
CORN SYRUP ! ! ! ! Newtonian
COSMETIC CREAM ! ! Pseudoplastic
COUGH SYRUP ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
CRUDE OIL ! ! Pseudoplastic
CUSTARD ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
DAIRY CREAM ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
DETERGENT - AMPHOTERIC ! ! Newtonian
DETERGENT - ANIONIC ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
DETERGENT - CATIONIC ! ! Newtonian
DETERGENT - NONIONIC ! ! ! Newtonian
DIESEL OIL ! ! ! Newtonian
DODECYL BENZENE SULPHONIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
DRILLING MUD ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
DYE ! ! ! Newtonian
EGG ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
ENZYME SOLUTION ! ! Newtonian
ETHANOL ! ! ! Newtonian
ETHYLENE GLYCOL ! ! ! ! Newtonian
FABRIC CONDITIONER ! ! Pseudoplastic
FATS ! ! Newtonian
FATTY ACID ! ! Newtonian
FERRIC CHLORIDE ! ! ! ! Newtonian
FERTILISER ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
FILTER AID ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
FININGS ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
FIRE FIGHTING FOAM ! ! Pseudoplastic
FISH OIL ! ! Newtonian
FONDANT ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
FORMIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
FROMAGE FRAIS ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
FRUCTOSE ! ! ! Newtonian
FRUIT JUICE CONCENTRATE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
FRUIT PUREE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
I \ 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
K | | | | | M | | M | | |
FUDGE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
GELATINE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
GLUCOSE ! ! ! Newtonian
GLYCERINE ! ! ! ! Newtonian
GREASE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
GYPSUM SLURRY ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
HAIR CONDITIONER ! ! Pseudoplastic
HAIR GEL ! ! Pseudoplastic
HAND CLEANSER ! ! Pseudoplastic
HONEY ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
HYDROCHLORIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE ! ! Newtonian
ICE CREAM MIX ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
INK - PRINTING ! ! Pseudoplastic
INK - WATER BASED ! ! ! Newtonian
ISOBUTYL ALCOHOL ! ! ! Newtonian
ISOCYANATE ! Newtonian
ISOPROPANOL ! ! ! Newtonian
JAM ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
KEROSENE ! ! ! Newtonian
LACTIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
LACTOSE ! ! ! Newtonian
LANOLIN ! ! Newtonian
LATEX ! ! Pseudoplastic
LECITHIN ! ! Newtonian
LIPSTICK ! ! Pseudoplastic
LIQUORICE ! ! Pseudoplastic
MAGMA ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
MAIZE STARCH SLURRY ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
MALT EXTRACT ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
MANGANESE NITRATE ! ! Newtonian
MASCARA ! ! Pseudoplastic
MASHED POTATO ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
MASSECUITE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
MAYONNAISE ! Pseudoplastic
MEAT PASTE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
METHANOL ! ! ! Newtonian
METHYL ETHYL KETONE SOLVENT ! ! Newtonian
METHYLATED SPIRIT ! ! ! Newtonian
METHYLENE CHLORIDE ! ! Newtonian
MILK ! ! ! Newtonian
MINCEMEAT ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
MINERAL OIL ! ! ! Newtonian
MOLASSES ! ! ! Newtonian
MUSTARD ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
NEAT SOAP ! ! Pseudoplastic
NITRIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
PAINTS - SOLVENT BASED ! Pseudoplastic
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I \
K | | | | | M | | M | | |
PAINTS - WATER BASED ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
PAPER COATING - CLAY ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
PAPER COATING - PIGMENT ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
PAPER COATING - STARCH ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
PAPER PULP ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
PEANUT BUTTER ! ! Pseudoplastic
PERACETIC ACID ! Newtonian
PETFOOD ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
PETROLEUM ! ! ! Newtonian
PHOSPHORIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
PHOTOGRAPHIC EMULSION ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
PLASTISOL ! ! Newtonian
POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL ! ! ! Newtonian
POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ! ! Newtonian
PROPIONIC ACID ! Newtonian
PROPYLENE GLYCOL ! ! ! ! Newtonian
QUARG ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
RESIN ! ! Newtonian
RUBBER SOLUTION ! Pseudoplastic
SAUCE - CONFECTIONERY ! ! Pseudoplastic
SAUCE - VEGETABLE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
SAUSAGE MEAT ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
SEWAGE SLUDGE ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
SHAMPOO ! ! Pseudoplastic
SHAVING CREAM ! ! Pseudoplastic
SILICONE OIL ! ! ! ! Newtonian
SODIUM HYDROXIDE ! ! Newtonian
SODIUM SILICATE ! ! ! Newtonian
SORBIC ACID ! Newtonian
SORBITOL ! ! ! ! Newtonian
STARCH ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
SUGAR PULP - BEET ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
SUGAR PULP - CANE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
SUGAR SYRUP ! ! ! Newtonian
SULPHURIC ACID ! ! Newtonian
TALL OIL ! ! Newtonian
TALLOW ! ! Newtonian
TITANIUM DIOXIDE ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
TOBACCO FLAVOURING ! Newtonian
TOLUENE ! ! Newtonian
TOMATO KETCHUP ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
TOMATO PUREE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
TOOTHPASTE ! ! Pseudoplastic
TRUB ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
UREA ! ! ! Newtonian
VARNISH ! Newtonian
VASELINE ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
I \ I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
a | |t \ . 1 a | |a sIt m t r t t m j a Ii| i|iI ] a i1 t
K | | | | | M | | M | | |
VEGETABLE GUM ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
VEGETABLE OIL ! ! Newtonian
VITAMIN SOLUTION ! ! ! Newtonian
WATER ! ! ! ! Newtonian
WAX ! ! Newtonian
WHEY ! ! ! Newtonian
WHITE SPIRIT ! ! Newtonian
WINE ! ! ! Newtonian
WORT ! ! ! Newtonian
XYLENE ! ! Newtonian
YEAST ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
YOGHURT ! ! ! Pseudoplastic
ZEOLITE SLURRY ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
ZIRCONIA SLURRY ! ! ! ! Pseudoplastic ()
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I \ 1
14.11 C hanging M otor N am e Plates
M a r a Ia t Ia rt r | ram t 1 a Ij a I | rt | a t r t a j j | Vt |Ia ] t M t It r | a It 1 j t t 1 | t tr | aIt1
itt | t t r |w 1 t V K am tj |aIt rt tIm ir | atIt r | a rrt r I k
I -j t |t m t It rs
ABB 71 C 0.55 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2850 0.74 2.6/1.5
0.55 50 200 New 2800 0.89 2.4
0.65 60 250-280/380-480Y Standard 3420 0.77 2.6/1.5
0.55 60 200 New 3360 0.90 2.3
0.55 60 220 New 3410 0.88 2.1
ABB 80 A 0.75 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2850 0.82 3.1/1.8
0.75 50 200 New 2800 0.91 3.3
0.90 60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3420 0.86 3.0/0.7
0.75 60 200 New 3370 0.92 3.1
0.75 60 220 New 3420 0.91 2.8
0.75 60 400Y New 3440 0.90 1.6
0.75 60 380Y New 3420 0.91 1.6
ABB 80 C 1.1 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2850 0.85 4.0/2.3
1.1 50 200 New 2830 0.91 4.5
1.3 60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3420 0.89 3.6/2.1
1.1 60 200 New 3390 0.92 4.3
1.1 60 220 New 3440 0.91 4.0
1.1 60 400Y New 3450 0.90 2.2
1.1 60 380Y New 3440 0.91 2.3
ABB 90 L 1.5 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2920 0.85 5.4/3.2
1.5 50 200 New 2880 0.89 6.0
1.75 60 440-480Y Standard 3510 0.85 3.1
1.5 60 200 New 3460 0.91 5.9
1.6 60 220 New 3490 0.89 5.4
1.6 60 400Y New 3500 0.88 3.0
1.6 60 380Y New 3490 0.89 3.1
ABB 90 LB 2.2 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2900 0.85 8.1/4.7
2.2 50 200 New 2860 0.90 8.7
2.5 60 440-480Y Standard 3500 0.86 4.4
2.1 60 200 New 3430 0.91 8.3
2.3 60 220 New 3470 0.90 7.5
2.3 60 400Y New 3470 0.90 4.5
2.3 60 380Y New 3450 0.91 4.8
ABB 100 LB 3.0 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2920 0.88 9.9/5.7
3.0 50 200 New 2890 0.91 11.0
3.5 60 440-480Y Standard 3520 0.88 5.7
3.0 60 200 New 3470 0.92 10.9
3.2 60 220 New 3490 0.91 10.5
3.2 60 400Y New 3500 0.91 5.8
3.2 60 380Y New 3490 0.91 6.1
3.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2920 0.87 5.7/3.3
3.5 60 440-480 Standard 3520 0.88 5.7
3.2 60 400 New 3500 0.91 5.8
3.2 60 380 New 3490 0.91 6.1
I \ \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M a r a Ia t Ia rt r | ram t 1 a Ij a I | rt| a tr t a j j | Vt |Ia ] t M t It r | a It 1 j t t 1 | t tr | aIt1
I -j t |t m t It rs
ABB 112 M 4.0 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2850 0.91 13.5/7.8
3.7 50 200 New 2790 0.92 14.5
4.6 60 440-480Y Standard 3450 0.91 7.7
3.4 60 200 New 3360 0.92 13.1
3.8 60 220 New 3390 0.91 13.3
4.0 60 400Y New 3400 0.91 7.4
3.8 60 380Y New 3390 0.91 7.7
4.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2850 0.91 7.8/4.5
4.6 60 440-480 Standard 3450 0.91 7.7
4.0 60 400 New 3400 0.91 7.4
3.8 60 380 New 3390 0.91 7.7
ABB 132 SA 5.5 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2855 0.88 18.9/10.9
5.4 50 200 New 2790 0.90 21.0
6.4 60 440-480Y Standard 3455 0.88 10.9
5.4 60 200 New 3345 0.91 21.0
5.4 60 220 New 3395 0.89 18.8
5.7 60 400Y New 3380 0.89 10.9
5.4 60 380Y New 3370 0.89 10.9
5.5 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2855 0.88 10.9/6.3
6.4 60 440-480 Standard 3455 0.88 10.9
5.7 60 400 New 3380 0.89 10.9
5.4 60 380 New 3370 0.89 10.9
ABB 132 SB 7.5 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2855 0.90 25.5/14.7
6.6 50 200 New 2825 0.91 25.0
8.6 60 440-480Y Standard 3455 0.90 14.4
7.0 60 200 New 3365 0.92 26.0
7.4 60 220 New 3405 0.91 25.0
7.8 60 400Y New 3415 0.91 14.4
7.4 60 380Y New 3405 0.91 14.4
7.5 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2855 0.90 14.7/8.5
8.6 60 440-480 Standard 3455 0.90 14.4
7.8 60 400 New 3415 0.91 14.4
7.4 60 380 New 3405 0.91 14.4
ABB 160 MA 11.0 50 230/400Y Standard 2930 0.88 34.5/20.0
11.0 50 200 New 2900 0.89 40.0
12.5 60 440Y Standard 3515 0.89 20.0
11.0 60 200 New 3475 0.89 40.0
12.2 60 220 New 3485 0.89 40.0
12.5 60 400Y New 3500 0.89 22.0
12.2 60 380Y New 3485 0.89 23.0
11.0 50 400/690Y Standard 2930 0.88 20.0/11.5
12.5 60 440 Standard 3515 0.89 20.0
12.5 60 400 New 3500 0.89 22.0
12.2 60 380 New 3485 0.89 23.0
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I \ !
I -j t |t m t It rs
ABB 160M 15.0 50 230/400Y Standard 2920 0.9 46.0/26.5
14.5 50 200 New 2890 0.9 53.0
17.0 60 440Y Standard 3505 0.9 27.5
14.0 60 200 New 3470 0.9 51.0
15.7 60 220 New 3485 0.89 52.0
16.5 60 400Y New 3500 0.89 30.0
15.7 60 380Y New 3485 0.89 30.0
15.0 50 400/690Y Standard 2920 0.9 26.5/15.3
17.0 60 440 Standard 3505 0.9 27.5
16.5 60 400 New 3500 0.89 30.0
15.7 60 380 New 3485 0.89 30.0
ABB 160 L 18.5 50 230/400Y Standard 2920 0.91 55.0/32.0
17.2 50 200 New 2895 0.91 60.0
21.0 60 440Y Standard 3510 0.91 33.5
16.7 60 200 New 3500 0.91 59.0
18.5 60 220 New 3490 0.91 59.0
19.4 60 400Y New 3500 0.91 34.0
18.5 60 380Y New 3490 0.91 34.0
18.5 50 400/690Y Standard 2920 0.91 32.0/18.5
21.0 60 440 Standard 3510 0.91 33.5
19.4 60 400 New 3500 0.91 34.0
18.5 60 380 New 3490 0.91 34.0
ABB 180 M 22.0 50 230/400Y Standard 2930 0.89 67.0/38.5
22.0 50 200 New 2920 0.90 77.0
25.0 60 440Y Standard 3530 0.90 40.5
22.0 60 200 New 3505 0.91 76.0
25.0 60 220 New 3510 0.89 80.0
25.0 60 400Y New 3520 0.88 44.0
25.0 60 380Y New 3510 0.89 46.0
22.0 50 400/690Y Standard 2930 0.89 38.5/22.0
25.0 60 440 Standard 3530 0.90 40.5
25.0 60 400 New 3520 0.88 44.0
25.0 60 380 New 3510 0.89 46.0
\ -j t |t m t It rs
ABB 90 L-4 1.5 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 1440 0.74 6.2/3.6
1.5 50 200 New 1380 0.86 6.3
1.75 60 440-480Y Standard 1730 0.76 3.5
1.5 60 200 New 1660 0.87 6.2
1.6 60 220 New 1680 0.86 6.1
1.75 60 400Y New 1680 0.86 3.6
1.75 60 380Y New 1660 0.87 3.8
I \ t k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
M a r a Ia t Ia rt r | ram t 1 a Ij a I | rt| a tr t a j j | Vt |Ia ] t M t It r | a It 1 j t t 1 | t tr | aIt1
\ -j t |t m t It rs
ABB 132 S-4 5.5 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 1440 0.83 19.9/11.5
5.3 50 200 New 1430 0.86 21.1
6.4 60 440-480Y Standard 1750 0.83 11.5
5.5 60 200 New 1700 0.86 22.0
6.0 60 220 New 1730 0.86 21.5
6.3 60 400Y New 1735 0.86 12.4
6.0 60 380Y New 1730 0.86 12.4
5.5 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 1450 0.83 11.5/6.6
6.4 60 440-480 Standard 1750 0.83 11.5
6.3 60 400 New 1735 0.86 12.4
6.0 60 380 New 1730 0.86 12.4
ABB 132 M-4 7.5 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 1450 0.83 27.0/15.3
6.8 50 200 New 1440 0.86 26.3
8.6 60 440-480Y Standard 1750 0.83 15.1
7.4 60 200 New 1720 0.87 29.0
8.0 60 220 New 1730 0.87 28.0
8.4 60 400Y New 1735 0.87 16.2
8.0 60 380Y New 1730 0.87 16.2
7.5 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 1450 0.83 15.3/8.8
8.6 60 440-480 Standard 1750 0.83 15.1
8.4 60 400 New 1735 0.87 16.2
8.0 60 380 New 1730 0.87 16.2
ABB 160 L-4 15.0 50 230/400Y Standard 1455 0.84 49.0/28.5
14.0 50 200 New 1440 0.86 53.0
17.0 60 440Y Standard 1745 0.84 30.0
14.0 60 200 New 1720 0.85 54.0
16.0 60 220 New 1730 0.85 55.0
16.8 60 400Y New 1735 0.85 32.0
16.0 60 380Y New 1730 0.85 32.0
15.0 50 400/690Y Standard 1455 0.84 28.5/16.5
17.0 60 440 Standard 1765 0.84 30.0
16.8 60 400 New 1735 0.85 32.0
16.0 60 380 New 1730 0.85 32.0
ABB 180M-4 18.5 50 230/400Y Standard 1470 0.84 61.0/35.0
18.5 50 200 New 1460 0.85 70.0
21.0 60 440Y Standard 1765 0.85 36.0
18.5 60 200 New 1750 0.84 71.0
20.5 60 220 New 1755 0.85 70.0
21.0 60 400Y New 1755 0.85 41.0
20.5 60 380Y New 1755 0.85 40.0
18.5 50 400/690Y Standard 1470 0.84 35.0/20.0
21.0 60 440 Standard 1765 0.85 36.0
21.0 60 400 New 1755 0.85 41.0
20.5 60 380 New 1755 0.85 40.0
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I \ I
I -j t |t m t It rs
Brook Hansen 200 30.0 50 220-240/380-420Y Standard 2950 97/53
50 200 New 2950 106
30.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2950 53/31
60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3540 83/46
60 200 New 3540 107
60 220 New 3540 0.89 97
60 440-480 Standard 3540 46
60 400 New 3540 53
60 380 New 3540 55
50 200 New 2940 130
37.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2940 68/38
60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3540 115/54
60 200 New 3540 0.89 131
60 220 New 3540 119
60 440-480 Standard 3540 54
60 400 New 3540 65
60 380 New 3540 69
50 200 New 2955 157
45.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2955 83/46
60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3555 144/69
60 200 New 3555 158
60 220 New 3555 0.90 144
60 440-480 Standard 3555 69
60 400 New 3555 72
60 380 New 3555 75
50 200 New 2960 189
55.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2960 100/55
60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3560 173/83
60 200 New 3560 0.90 190
60 220 New 3560 173
60 440-480 Standard 3560 83
60 400 New 3560 100
60 380 New 3560 105
50 200 New 2965 256
75.0 50 380-420/660-690Y Standard 2965 135/74
60 250-280/440-480Y Standard 3565 234/115
60 200 New 3565 0.90 257
60 220 New 3565 234
60 440-480 Standard 3565 115
60 400 New 3565 128
60 380 New 3565 135
a | |t \ . a | | a r ] ir ] m t It r r a m t j |a It s
I \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I \ 1
| |t ssa r t I t rm s
1 5 . Glossary of Terms
k | st |a It | rt ssa rt Total pressure exerted by a fluid i.e. atm ospheric pressure plus
gauge pressure.
k | st |a It Vist t siI M easure of how resistive the flow of a fluid is betw een tw o layers of
fluid in m otion.
k 1 a j It r C onnection piece betw een the m otor and back plate on a centrifugal
and liquid ring pum p.
k r Ii-I| it t Irt j it Fluid viscosity increases w ith tim e under shear conditions.
| a t | | |a It Part of a centrifugal and liquid ring pum p, w hich together w ith the
pum p casing form s the fluid cham ber.
| a t iIa Iit r Vacuous space in the inlet port of a pum p norm ally occupied by fluid.
| t r IriIa ] a | Tending to m ove out from the centre.
| | | C leaning In Place - ability to clean pum p system w ithout dism antling
pum p and system .
| t a 1 1 t a 1 j t t 1 Pum p speed required to overcom e slip for a rotary lobe pum p.
| t r s iI Fluids m ass per unit of volum e.
| iIIt rt r Iia | | rt ssa rt Total absolute pressure differences across the pum p during
operation i.e. discharge pressure m inus suction pressure.
| i|a Ia r I Fluid viscosity increases as shear rate increases.
| ist | a r] t | rt ssa rt Pressure at w hich fluid is leaving the pum p.
This section explains the various term s found in this handbook.
I ! 1 k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| a I | t ir I Intersection point betw een the pum p curve and the process curve.
| r a m it 1 t a 1 Energy required to set fluid in m otion and to overcom e any
resistance to that m otion.
| |a s It m t r N on-m etallic sealing device that exhibits elastic strain characteristics.
| |t t Irt j t |is | ir ] M ethod of surface finishing achieved by an electro-chem ical process.
| |t t 1 t 1 a t Iit r Positive inlet pressure/head.
| rit Iit r 1 t a 1 Pressure drop on both inlet and discharge sides of the pum p due to
frictional losses in fluid flow .
| a a ] t | rt ssa rt Pressure w ithin a gauge that exceeds the surrounding atm ospheric
pressure, using atm ospheric pressure as a zero reference.
1 1 ra a |it | t t r Theoretical energy required to pum p a given quantity of fluid against
a given total head.
| m j t ||t r Pum ping elem ent of a centrifugal and liquid ring pum p.
| r |t I | rt ssa rt Pressure at w hich fluid is entering the pum p.
| ir t m a Iit Vist t siI M easure of how resistive the flow of a fluid is under the influence of
gravity.
| a m ir a r | |t Flow characteristic w hereby the fluid m oves through the pipe in
concentric layers w ith its m axim um velocity in the centre of the pipe,
decreasing to zero at the pipe w all.
M a |Ii-s Ia ] t A pum p w ith m ore than one im peller m ounted on the sam e shaft and
connected so as to act in series.
K t It r ia r Fluid viscosity is constant w ith change in shear rate or agitation.
K | 1 N et Positive Suction H ead describing the inlet condition of a pum p
and system .
K | 1 a N et Positive Suction H ead available in a system .
K | 1 r N et Positive Suction H ead required from a pum p.
K | | k N et Inlet Pressure Available in a system .
K | | | N et Inlet Pressure R equired from a pum p.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I !
K t r -| rt 1 a t I wt IIt 1 M etallic and elastom eric com ponents not in contact w ith the fluid
being pum ped.
1 a I|t I | rt ssa rt Pressure at w hich fluid is leaving the pum p.
| t siIitt | isj |a t t m t r I Pum p type w hereby the fluid pum ped is directly displaced.
| rt ssa rt | rt j R esult of frictional losses in pipew ork, fittings and other process
equipm ent.
| rt ssa rt | t t | R esult of change in fluid velocity.
| rt 1 a t I wt IIt 1 M etallic and elastom eric com ponents in contact w ith the fluid being
pum ped.
| st a 1 t j |a sIit Fluid viscosity decreases as shear rate increases.
| a m j | a sir ] Part of a centrifugal and liquid ring pum p, w hich together w ith the
back plate form s the fluid cham ber.
| t | a irt 1 | t t r Pow er needed at the pum p shaft.
| t r t |1 s K a m | t r | t R atio of inertia forces to viscous forces giving a value to determ ine
type of flow characteristic.
| | t t |t ] Science of fluid flow .
| | t t m a |a t Iit Fluid viscosity decreases w ith tim e under shear conditions but does
not recover.
| t It 1 r a m it A m achine to transfer rotating m echanical energy into kinetic energy
in the form of fluid velocity and pressure.
| t It r Pum ping elem ent of a rotary lobe pum p.
| t It rt a st Part of a rotary lobe pum p, w hich together w ith the rotorcase cover
form s the pum p cham ber.
| t It rt a st | t tt r Part of a rotary lobe pum p, w hich together w ith the rotorcase form s
the pum p cham ber.
| a m | |ir ] M ethod of surface finishing achieved by vibrating com ponents w ith
abrasive particulate.
| t I| |a s Iir ] M ethod of surface finishing achieved by blasting finished
com ponents w ith sm all m etallic particles at great force.
I ! I k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
| | Steam or Sterilisation In Place - ability to steam clean or sterilise
pum p system w ithout dism antling pum p and system .
|ij Fluid lost by leakage through the pum p clearances of a rotary lobe
pum p.
j t t iIit | ra tiI R atio of a fluids density to the density of w ater.
j t t iIit wt i] | I Fluids w eight per unit volum e.
Ia Iit 1 t a 1 D ifference in fluid levels.
Ia Iit | ist | a r] t 1 t a 1 D ifference in height betw een the fluid level and the centre line of the
pum p inlet on the discharge side of the pum p.
Ia Iit a t Iit r 1 t a 1 D ifference in height betw een the fluid level and the centre line of the
pum p inlet on the inlet side of the pum p.
a t Iit r | iII Fluid level is below the centre line of the pum p inlet.
a t Iit r | rt ssa rt Pressure at w hich fluid is entering the pum p.
| t rm a | | t t | R apid tem perature change of pum phead com ponents.
| it t Irt j it Fluid viscosity decreases w ith tim e under shear conditions.
t r| a t M om ent of force required to produce rotation.
t Ia | | ist | a r] t 1 t a 1 Sum of the static discharge and dynam ic heads.
t Ia | | IIit it r t R elationship betw een the input pow er at the pum p shaft and output
pow er in the form of w ater horsepow er.
t Ia | 1 t a 1 Total pressure difference betw een the total discharge head and the
total suction head of the pum p.
t Ia | Ia Iit 1 t a 1 D ifference in height betw een the static discharge head and the static
suction head.
t Ia | a t Iit r 1 t a 1 Static suction head less the dynam ic head.
ra r siIit r a | | |t Flow characteristic com bining both lam inar and turbulent flow
tendencies.
a r| a |t r I | |t Flow characteristic w hereby considerable m ixing of the fluid takes
place across a pipe section w ith velocity rem aining fairly constant.
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t | I ! 1
Va t a a m Pressure in a pum ping system below norm al atm ospheric pressure.
Va j t a r | rt ssa rt Pressure at w hich a fluid w ill change to a vapour, at a given
tem perature.
Vt |t t iI D istance a fluid m oves per unit of tim e.
Vist t siI M easure of how resistive a fluid is to flow .
Vist t a s | t t r Pow er loss due to viscous fluid friction w ithin the pum p.
Vt |a m t Irit | IIit it r t R atio of actual capacity against theoretical capacity.
I ! \ k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |
PM 66050G B 2 2002
k |Ia | a ta | ir | rit I
Alfa Laval is a leading global
provider of specialized products
and engineering solutions.
O ur equipm ent, system s and
services are dedicated to
assisting custom ers in optim izing
the perform ance of their
processes. Tim e and tim e again.
W e help them heat, cool,
separate and transport products
such as oil, w ater, chem icals,
beverages, foodstuff, starch and
pharm aceuticals.
O ur w orldw ide organization w orks
closely w ith custom ers in alm ost
100 countries to help them stay
ahead.
1 t It t t r Ia t I k |Ia | a ta |
C ontact details for all countries
are continually updated on
our w ebsite. Please visit
w w w .alfalaval.com to access the
inform ation.
A
l
l

y
o
u

n
e
e
d

t
o

k
n
o
w

.
.
.
k
|
I
a

|
a
t
a
|

|
a
m
j

1
a
r
1
|
t
t
|
All you need to know ...
k |Ia | a ta | | a m j 1 a r 1 | t t |

AlfaLaval Pump Handbook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AlfaLaval Pump Handbook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PM 66050G B 2 2002

W here: H = Total head.

Tube dia. 76 m m (3 in): 20 m (66 ft) + 2 m (6 ft) = 22 m (72 ft)

/h) dow nw ards until it intersects w ith the pow er

/h) is follow ed up to the

You might also like